SERVICE MANUAL CD/DVD PLAYER System Laser: Semiconductor laser Signal format system: NTSC Audio characteristics Frequency response: DVD VIDEO (PCM 96 kHz): 2 Hz to 44 kHz (44 kHz: –2 dB ±1 dB)/ Super Audio CD: 2 Hz to 100 kHz (50 kHz: –3 dB ±1 dB)/ CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz (±0.5 dB) Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio): 115 dB (LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks only) Harmonic distortion: 0.003% Dynamic range: DVD VIDEO/ Super Audio CD: 103 dB/CD: 99 dB Wow and flutter: Less than detected value (±0.001% W PEAK) Inputs and Outputs (Jack name: Jack type/ Input or output level/ Input or load impedance) LINE OUT (AUDIO) 1/2: Phono jack/ 2 Vrms/ 10 kilohms DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical output jack/–18 dBm (wave length 660 nm) HDMI OUT: TypeA (19 pin) DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR): Phono jack/ Y: 1.0 Vp-p/PB/CB, PR/CR: interface*1 = 0.648 Vp-p, progressive or interface*2 = 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms *1 BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT) is ON *2 BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT) is OFF LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2: Phono jack/ 1.0 Vp-p/75 ohms S VIDEO OUT 1/2: 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.286 Vp-p/75 ohms 5.1CH OUTPUT: Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms CONTROL S IN (U.S./Canadian models only): Mini jack SPECIFICATIONS General Power requirements: U.S./Canadian models: 120 V AC, 60 Hz Models for other areas: 110 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz See page 5 for further information. Power consumption: 14 W Dimensions (approx.): 430 × 55.5 × 237 mm (17 × 2 1/4 × 9 3/8 in.) (width/height/depth) incl. projecting parts Mass (approx.): 2.3 kg (5 5/64 lb) Operating temperature: 5°C to 35°C (41°F to 95°F) Operating humidity: 25% to 80% Supplied accessories See page 18 Specifications and design are subject to change without notice. ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered mark. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Sony Corporation has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. US/Canadian Model E Model Korea Model DVP-NS975V RMT-D172A Notes: US and Canadian model only www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 2 – DVP-NS975V SAFETY CHECK-OUT 1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges. 2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are “pinched” or contact high-wattage resistors. 3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transis- tors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 4. Look for parts which, though functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 5. Check the line cord for cracks and abrasion. Recommend the replacement of any such line cord to the cus- tomer. 6. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified. 7. Check the antenna terminals, metal trim, “metallized” knobs, screws, and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage. Check leakage as described below. WARNING!! WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK. CAUTION: The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye hazard. CAUTION Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK OR DOTTED LINE WITH MARK ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY. After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer: LEAKAGE TEST The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground and from all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having a return to chassis, must not exceed 0.5mA (500 microampers). Leakage current can be measured by any one of three methods. 1. A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 or RCA WT-540A. Follow the manufacturers’ instructions to use these instruments. 2. A battery-operated AC milliammeter. The Data Precision 245 digital multimeter is suitable for this job. 3. Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of a VOM or battery-operated AC volmeter. The “limit” indication is 0.75V, so analog meters must have an accurate low voltage scale. The Simpson 250 and Sanwa SH-63Trd are examples of a passive VOM that is suitable. Nearly all battery operated digital multimeters that have a 2V AC range are suitable. (See Fig. A) Unleaded solder Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the lead- free mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead. (Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the lead free mark due to their particular size.) : LEAD FREE MARK Unleaded solder has the following characteristics. • Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C highter than ordinary solder. Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time. Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about 350°C Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful! • Strong viscosity Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such as on IC pins, etc. • Usable with ordinary solder It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also be added to ordinary solder. ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORT À LA SÉCURITÉ! LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFÉS PAR UNE MARQUE SUR LES DIAGRAMMES SCHÉMATIQUES ET LA LISTE DES PIÈCES SONT CRITIQUES POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NE REMPLACER CES COMPOSANTS QUE PAR DES PIÈSES SONY DONT LES NUMÉROS SONT DONNÉS DANS CE MANUEL OU DANS LES SUPPÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY. To Exposed Metal Parts on Set 0.15 F 1.5k AC Voltmeter (0.75 V) Earth Ground Fig.A. Using an Acvoltmeter to check AC leakage. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 3 – DVP-NS975V TABLE OF CONTENTS SERVICE NOTE 1. Disc Removal Procedure (at POWER OFF) .............. 5 2. PWB caution for B3834, IF-115 and PL-035 boards .. 5 1. GENERAL Precautions.................................................................... 1-1 About this Manual .......................................................... 1-1 This Player Can Play the Following Discs................... 1-1 Notes about the Discs .................................................. 1-1 Index to Parts and Controls ......................................... 1-2 Guide to the Control Menu Display .............................. 1-3 Hookups ................................................................................ 1-3 Hooking Up the Player .................................................. 1-3 Step 1: Unpacking ......................................................... 1-3 Step 2: Inserting Batteries into the Remote ................. 1-3 Step 3: Connecting the Video/HDMI Cords ................. 1-4 Step 4: Connecting the Audio Cords ............................ 1-5 Step 5: Connecting the Power Cord ............................. 1-6 Step 6: Quick Setup ...................................................... 1-6 Playing Discs ......................................................................... 1-7 Playing Discs ................................................................. 1-7 Resuming Playback from the Point Where You Stopped the Disc (Multi-disc Resume) .................. 1-8 Using the DVD's Menu .................................................. 1-8 Selecting “ORIGINAL” or “PLAY LIST” on a DVD-RW ................................................................... 1-8 Selecting a Playback Area for a Super Audio CD ....... 1-9 Playing VIDEO CDs With PBC Functions (PBC Playback) ........................................................ 1-9 Various Play Mode Functions (Program Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat Play ........... 1-9 Searching for a Scene .......................................................... 1-10 Searching for a Particular Point on a Disc (Search, Scan, Slow-motion Play, Freeze Frame) ............... 1-10 Searching for a Title/Chapter/Track/Scene, etc. (Search mode) ......................................................... 1-11 Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) ......... 1-11 Viewing Information About the Disc ..................................... 1-11 Checking the Playing Time and Remaining Time ........ 1-11 Sound Adjustments ............................................................... 1-12 Changing the Sound ...................................................... 1-12 Surround Mode Settings ............................................... 1-12 Enjoying Movies .................................................................... 1-13 Changing the Angles ..................................................... 1-13 Displaying the Subtitles................................................. 1-13 Adjusting the Playback Picture (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE) ................................. 1-14 Sharpening the Pictures (SHARPNESS) ..................... 1-14 Adjusting the Delay Between the Picture and Sound (AV ALIGNMENT) .................................................... 1-14 Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images .............................. 1-14 About MP3 Audio Tracks and JPEG Image Files ....... 1-14 Playing MP3 Audio Tracks or JPEG Image Files........ 1-15 Enjoying JPEG Images as a Slide Show ..................... 1-15 Using Various Additional Functions...................................... 1-16 Locking Discs (CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL, PARENTAL CONTROL) .......................................... 1-16 Controlling Your TV or AV Amplifier (Receiver) With the Supplied Remote ....................................... 1-17 Settings and Adjustments..................................................... 1-18 Using the Setup Display ............................................... 1-18 Setting the Display or Sound Track Language (LANGUAGE SETUP) ............................................. 1-18 Settings for the Display (SCREEN SETUP) ................ 1-19 Custom Settings (CUSTOM SETUP) .......................... 1-19 Settings for the Sound (AUDIO SETUP) ..................... 1-19 Settings for the Speakers (SPEAKER SETUP) .......... 1-20 Additional Information ............................................................ 1-21 Troubleshooting ............................................................. 1-21 Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/ numbers appear in the display ................................ 1-22 Glossary ........................................................................ 1-22 Specifications................................................................. 1-22 2. DISASSEMBLY 2-1. Upper Case ................................................................... 2-1 2-2. Front Panel Assembly................................................... 2-1 2-3. Loading Assembly ......................................................... 2-2 2-4. Optical Device (KHM-310AAA) .................................... 2-3 2-5. DC Motor and MS-203 Board ....................................... 2-4 2-6. AV-086, IF-115 and PL-035 Boards ............................. 2-4 2-7. MB-118 Board................................................................ 2-5 2-8. Switching Regulator ...................................................... 2-5 2-9. Interval Views ................................................................. 2-6 2-10. Circuit Boards Location................................................. 2-7 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1. Overall Block Diagram .................................................. 3-1 3-2. Power (1) Block Diagram .............................................. 3-3 3-3. Power (2) Block Diagram .............................................. 3-5 3-4. Power (3) Block Diagram .............................................. 3-7 3-5. System Control/Signal Processor Block Diagram ...... 3-9 3-6. Proge Block Diagram .................................................... 3-11 3-7. HDMI Block Diagram .................................................... 3-13 3-8. RF/Servo Block Diagram .............................................. 3-15 3-9. Audio (1) Block Diagram ............................................... 3-17 3-10. Audio (2) Block Diagram ............................................... 3-19 3-11. Video Block Diagram..................................................... 3-21 3-12. Interface Control Block Diagram .................................. 3-23 3-13. Power Block Diagram .................................................... 3-25 4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-1. Frame Schematic Diagram ........................................... 4-1 4-2. Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic Diagrams ........ 4-3 Waveform ...................................................................... 4-4 • MB-118 Printed Wiring Board .................................. 4-5 • MB-118 (System) Schematic Diagram .................. 4-7 • MB-118 (Servo) Schematic Diagram...................... 4-9 • MB-118 (8ch DAC) Schematic Diagram ................ 4-11 • MB-118 (PS-Trough) Schematic Diagram ............. 4-13 • MB-118 (Progre) Schematic Diagram .................... 4-15 • MB-118 (HDMI) Schematic Diagram ...................... 4-17 • IF-115 Printed Wiring Board .................................... 4-19 • IF-115 (Interface) Schematic Diagram .................. 4-21 • PL-035 Printed Wiring Board ................................... 4-23 • PL-035 (Power Switch) Schematic Diagram .......... 4-25 • AV-086 Printed Wiring Board ................................... 4-27 • AV-086 (Video) Schematic Diagram........................ 4-29 • AV-086 (Audio 1/2) Schematic Diagram ................. 4-31 • AV-086 (Audio 2/2) Schematic Diagram ................. 4-33 • Power Block (SRV1579WW) Printed Wiring Board ........................................... 4-35 • Power Block (SRV1579WW) Schematic Diagram ............................................ 4-37 5. IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 5-1. System Control-Video Pin Function (MB-118 BOARD IC103) .............................................. 5-1 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 4 – DVP-NS975V 6. TEST MODE 6-1. General Description ...................................................... 6-1 6-2. Starting Test Mode ........................................................ 6-1 6-3. Drive Manual Operation ................................................ 6-1 6-4. Mirror Time Adjustment ................................................. 6-1 6-5. Executing IOP Measurement ....................................... 6-3 6-6. Emergency History Check ........................................... 6-3 6-7. Initializing Setup Data .................................................... 6-4 6-8. Version Information ....................................................... 6-5 6-9. If Con Self Diagnostic Function .................................... 6-5 7. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT 7-1. Power Supply Adjustment ............................................. 7-1 7-2. Adjustment of Video System ......................................... 7-2 8. REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. Exploded Views ............................................................. 8-1 8-1-1. Main Section ............................................................. 8-1 8-1-2. Mechanism Deck Assembly .................................... 8-3 8-2. Electrical Parts List ....................................................... 8-4 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 5 – DVP-NS975V The lever of a zipper cam B A Hold Tray Fig. 1. SERVICE NOTE 1. DISC REMOVAL PROCEDURE (at POWER OFF) 1) Open dust cover to access to a hole insert a tapering driver into the aperture of the unit bottom, and move the lever of chuck can in the direction of the arrow A. (See Fig. 1) 2) Draw out the tray in the direction of the arrow B, and remove a disc. (See Fig. 1) 2. PWB caution for B3834, IF-115 and PL-035 boards Please ignore screw mark on A side, . Refer B side indication. AV : screw mount for NS775V QS : screw mount for NS955V/NS975V For PL-035 board, At this position, screw must mount for all model. (NS775V, NS955V and NS975V) J www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 6 – DVP-NS975V – 6E – MEMO www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-1 DVP-NS975V 5 Precautions • The power requirements and power consumption of this player are indicated on the back of the player. Check that the player’s operating voltage is identical with your local power supply. On safety • To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not place objects filled with liquids, such as vases, on the apparatus. • Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, unplug the player and have it checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further. On power sources • The player is not disconnected from the AC power source as long as it is connected to the wall outlet, even if the player itself has been turned off. • If you are not going to use the player for a long time, be sure to disconnect the player from the wall outlet. To disconnect the AC power cord, grasp the plug itself; never pull the cord. On placement • Place the player in a location with adequate ventilation to prevent heat build-up in the player. • Do not place the player on a soft surface such as a rug. • Do not place the player in a location near heat sources, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, or mechanical shock. • Do not install the player in an inclined position. It is designed to be operated in a horizontal position only. • Keep the player and the discs away from equipment with strong magnets, such as microwave ovens, or large loudspeakers. • Do not place heavy objects on the player. On operation • If the player is brought directly from a cold to a warm location, or is placed in a very damp room, moisture may condense on the lenses inside the player. Should this occur, the player may not operate properly. In this case, remove the disc and leave the player turned on for about half an hour until the moisture evaporates. • When you move the player, take out any discs. If you don’t, the disc may be damaged. On adjusting volume Do not turn up the volume while listening to a section with very low level inputs or no audio signals. If you do, the speakers may be damaged when a peak level section is played. On cleaning Clean the cabinet, panel, and controls with a soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder or solvent such as alcohol or benzine. On cleaning discs Do not use a commercially available cleaning disc. It may cause a malfunction. If you have any questions or problems concerning your player, please consult your nearest Sony dealer. DVP–XXXX 00V 00Hz 00W NO. 0-000-000-00 X Power requirements and power consumption t IMPORTANT NOTICE Caution: This player is capable of holding a still video image or on-screen display image on your television screen indefinitely. If you leave the still video image or on-screen display image displayed on your TV for an extended period of time you risk permanent damage to your television screen. Plasma display panel televisions and projection televisions are susceptible to this. 9 Example of discs that the player cannot play The player cannot play the following discs: • CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs other than those recorded in the formats listed on the previous page. • CD-ROMs recorded in PHOTO CD format. • Data part of CD-Extras. • DVD-ROMs. • DVD Audios. Also, the player cannot play the following discs: • A DVD VIDEO with a different region code. • A disc recorded in a color system other than NTSC, such as PAL or SECAM (this player conforms to the NTSC color system). • A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g., card, heart). • A disc with paper or stickers on it. • A disc that has the adhesive of cellophane tape or a sticker still left on it. Region code Your player has a region code printed on the back of the unit and only will play DVD VIDEOs (playback only) labeled with identical region codes. This system is used to protect copyrights. DVD VIDEOs labelled will also play on this player. If you try to play any other DVD VIDEO, the message “Playback prohibited by area limitations.” will appear on the TV screen. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, there may be no region code indication, even though playing the DVD VIDEO is prohibited by area restrictions. Notes • Notes about DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs Some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/DVD- Rs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs cannot be played on this player due to the recording quality or physical condition of the disc, or the characteristics of the recording device and authoring software. The disc will not play if it has not been correctly finalized. For more information, see the operating instructions for the recording device. Note that some playback functions may not work with some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, even if they have been correctly finalized. In this case, view the disc by normal playback. Also some DATA CDs created in Packet Write format cannot be played. • Music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies This product is designed to playback discs that conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard. Recently, various music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies are marketed by some record companies. Please be aware that among those discs, there are some that do not conform to the CD standard and may not be playable by this product. Note on playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs Some playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by software producers. Since this player plays DVDs and VIDEO CDs according to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. Also, refer to the instructions supplied with the DVDs or VIDEO CDs. Copyrights This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. ALL DVP–XXXX 00V 00Hz 00W NO. 0-000-000-00 X Region code 10 Notes About the Discs • To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its edge. Do not touch the surface. • Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the temperature may rise considerably inside the car. • After playing, store the disc in its case. • Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe the disc from the center out. • Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs. • If you have printed the disc's label, dry the label before playing. 8 About This Manual • Operations and displays differ slightly, depending on where the model is sold. U.S./Canadian models are used for illustration purposes unless otherwise specified. Any difference in operation is clearly indicated in the text, for example, “(U.S./Canadian models only).” • Instructions in this manual describe the controls on the remote. You can also use the controls on the player if they have the same or similar names as those on the remote. • “DVD” may be used as a general term for DVD VIDEOs, DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs and DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs. • The meaning of the icons used in this manual is described below: * MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3) is a standard format defined by ISO (International Organization for Standardization)/MPEG which compresses audio data. This Player Can Play the Following Discs “DVD VIDEO” and “DVD-RW” are trademarks. Note about CDs The player can play CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD- RWs recorded in the following formats: – music CD format – video CD format – MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files of format conforming to ISO 9660* Level 1/ Level 2, or its extended format, Joliet – KODAK Picture CD format * A logical format of files and folders on CD- ROMs, defined by ISO (International Organization for Standardization). Icons Meanings Functions available for DVD VIDEOs and DVD+RWs/ DVD+Rs or DVD-RWs/DVD- Rs in video mode Functions available for DVD- RWs in VR (Video Recording) mode Functions available for VIDEO CDs (including Super VCDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in video CD format or Super VCD format) Functions available for Super Audio CDs Functions available for music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in music CD format Functions available for DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD- RWs containing MP3* audio tracks and JPEG image files) Format of discs DVD VIDEO (page 91) DVD-RW (page 91) Super Audio CD (page 91) VIDEO CD Music CD SECTION 1 GENERAL This section is extracted from instruction manual. 2-059-565-11(4) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-2 DVP-NS975V 11 Index to Parts and Controls For more information, see the pages indicated in parentheses. Front panel A [/1 (on/standby) button (34) B HDMI* (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) indicator (20, 79, 84, 92) Lights up when the HDMI OUT jack is correctly connected to a HDCP (High- bandwidth Digital Content Protection) compliant device with HDMI or DVI (Digital Visual Interface) input. C SUPER AUDIO CD indicator (39, 93) Lights up when: –playing an HD (High Density) layer of Super Audio CDs. –no disc is inserted. D MULTI CHANNEL indicator (39, 93) Lights up when: – playing a disc that contains multiple audio signal channels. – no disc is inserted. E Disc tray (34) F A (open/close) button (34) G H (play) button (34) H X (pause) button (35) I x (stop) button (35) J ./> (previous/next) buttons (46) K PROGRESSIVE button/indicator (22) Lights up when the player outputs progressive signals. L Front panel display (12) M Remote sensor (18) N FL OFF (Front panel display off) indicator (81) O VIDEO OFF indicator (34) * This player is based on version 1.1 of High- Definition Multimedia Interface Specifications. This DVD player incorporates High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI™) technology. HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC. ,continued 12 Front panel display When playing back a DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW When playing back a VIDEO CD with Playback Control (PBC) (40) When playing back a Super Audio CD, CD, DATA CD (MP3 audio), or VIDEO CD (without PBC) * When playing the HD layer of Super Audio CDs, the disc type is not displayed. z Hint You can adjust the lighting of the front panel display by setting “DISPLAY” in “CUSTOM SETUP.” (page 81) Current title/chapter or playing time (50) Disc type Current audio signal (54) Lights up when you can change the angle (58) Lights up during Repeat Play (43) Playing status Disc type Current scene or playing time (50) Playing status Lights up during A-B Repeat Play (44) Playing time (50) Disc type* Current track (50) Lights up during Repeat Play (43) Lights up when playing MP3 audio tracks (62) Playing status 13 Rear panel A DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack (26) (27) (28) B DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack (26) (27) (28) C 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks (28) D LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks (25) (26) (27) E LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2 jack (19) F S VIDEO OUT 1/2 jack (19) G COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jack (19) (Y, PB, PR) or (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) H CONTROL S IN jack (19) (U.S./ Canadian models only) I HDMI OUT (high-definition multimedia interface out) jack (19) OPTICAL FRONT COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT 5.1CH OUTPUT REAR CENTER WOOFER L R 1 2 1 2 R-AUDIO-L LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CONTROL S IN PR PB HDMI OUT ,continued 14 Remote A TV/DVD switch (75) B Z OPEN/CLOSE button (35) C Number buttons (37) The number 5 button has a tactile dot.* D CLEAR button (41) E SUBTITLE button (58) F AUDIO button (53) G REPEAT button (43) H SHUFFLE button (42) I SA-CD MULTI/2CH (Super Audio CD multi/2 channel) button (39) J SA-CD/CD (Super Audio CD/CD) button (39) K ./> PREV/NEXT buttons (35) L m/M SCAN/SLOW buttons (47) M H PLAY button (34) The H button has a tactile dot.* N X PAUSE button (35) O C/X/x/c buttons (37) P DISPLAY button (15) Q TOP MENU button (37) R [/1 (on/standby) button (34) S VOL (volume) +/– buttons (75) The + button has a tactile dot.* T TV/VIDEO/TIME/TEXT button (50) U PICTURE MODE button (59) V ENTER button (74) W ANGLE button (58) X SUR (surround) button (54) Y VIDEO ON/OFF (34) Z SEARCH MODE button (47) wj ALBUM +/– button (35, 64) wk PICTURE NAVI (picture navigation) button (49, 65) wl ZOOM button (35, 65) e; INSTANT ADVANCE/STEP button (35, 47) ea INSTANT REPLAY/STEP button (35, 47) es x STOP button (35) ed ENTER button (30) ef O RETURN button (35) eg MENU button (37) (63) * Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the player. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-3 DVP-NS975V 15 Guide to the Control Menu Display Use the Control Menu to select a function and to view related information. Press DISPLAY repeatedly to turn on or change the Control Menu display as follows: Control Menu display The Control Menu display 1 and 2 will show different items depending on the disc type. For details about each item, see the pages in parentheses. Example: Control Menu display 1 when playing a DVD VIDEO. *1 Displays the scene number for VIDEO CDs (PBC is on), track number for VIDEO CDs/ Super Audio CDs/CDs, album number for DATA CDs. *2 Displays the index number for VIDEO CDs/ Super Audio CDs, MP3 audio track number or JPEG image file number for DATA CDs. *3 Displays Super VCD as “SVCD.” *4 Displays the date for JPEG files. To turn off the display Press DISPLAY. Control Menu display 1 m Control Menu display 2 (DATA CDs only) m Control Menu display off , OFF OFF SET ON PLAY 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO Quit: PROGRAM ENTER DISPLAY Currently playing chapter number*2 Playing time*4 Total number of chapters*2 Options Current setting Total number of titles*1 Playback status (N Playback, X Pause, x Stop, etc.) Function name of selected Control Menu item Operation message Selected item Control Menu items Type of disc being played*3 Currently playing title number*1 ,continued 16 List of Control Menu items Item Item Name, Function, Relevant Disc Type TITLE (page 47)/SCENE (page 47)/TRACK (page 47) Selects the title, scene, or track to be played. CHAPTER (page 47)/INDEX (page 47) Selects the chapter or index to be played. TRACK (page 47) Selects the track to be played. ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST (page 38) Selects the type of titles (DVD-RW) to be played, the ORIGINAL one, or an edited PLAY LIST. TIME/TEXT (page 47) Checks the elapsed time and the remaining playback time. Input the time code for picture and music searching. Displays the DVD/Super Audio CD/CD text, or the DATA CD track name. MULTI/2CH (page 39) Selects the playback area on Super Audio CDs when available. PROGRAM (page 41) Selects the title, chapter, or track to play in the order you want. SHUFFLE (page 42) Plays the title, chapter, or track in random order. REPEAT (page 43) Plays the entire disc (all titles/all tracks/all albums) repeatedly or one title/chapter/track/ album repeatedly. A-B REPEAT (page 44) Specifies the parts you want to play repeatedly. SHARPNESS (page 60) Exaggerates the outline of the image to produce a sharper picture. AV ALIGNMENT (page 61) Adjust the delay between the picture and sound. PARENTAL CONTROL (page 70) Set to prohibit playback on this player. SETUP (page 77) QUICK Setup (page 30) Use Quick Setup to choose the desired language of the on-screen display, the aspect ratio of the TV, the audio output signal, and the size of the speaker you are using. CUSTOM Setup In addition to the Quick Setup setting, you can adjust various other settings. RESET Returns the settings in “SETUP” to the default setting. ALBUM (page 62) Selects the album to be played. FILE (page 47) Selects the JPEG image file to be played. 17 z Hint The Control Menu icon indicator lights up in green when you select any item except “OFF.” (“PROGRAM,” “SHUFFLE,” “REPEAT,” “A-B REPEAT,” “SHARPNESS” only). The “ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST” indicator lights up in green when you select “PLAY LIST” (default setting). The “MULTI/2CH” indicator lights up in green when you select the multi-channel playback area on a Super Audio CD. The “AV ALIGNMENT” indicator lights up in green when set to more than 0 ms. DATE (page 65) Displays the date the picture was taken by a digital camera. INTERVAL (page 68) Specifies the duration for which the slides are displayed on the screen. EFFECT (page 68) Selects the effects to be used for changing slides during a slide show. MODE (MP3, JPEG) (page 67) Selects the data type; MP3 audio track (AUDIO), JPEG image file (IMAGE) or both (AUTO) to be played when playing a DATA CD. t 18 Hookups Hooking Up the Player Follow steps 1 to 6 to hook up and adjust the settings of the player. Notes • Plug cords securely to prevent unwanted noise. • Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected. • You cannot connect this player to a TV that does not have a video input jack. • Be sure to disconnect the power cord of each component before connecting. Step 1: Unpacking Check that you have the following items: • Audio/Video cord (pinplug � 3 y pinplug � 3) (1) • Remote commander (remote) (1) • Size AA (R6) batteries (2) Step 2: Inserting Batteries Into the Remote You can control the player using the supplied remote. Insert two Size AA (R6) batteries by matching the 3 and # ends on the batteries to the markings inside the compartment. When using the remote, point it at the remote sensor on the player. Notes • Do not leave the remote in an extremely hot or humid place. • Do not drop any foreign object into the remote casing, particularly when replacing the batteries. • Do not expose the remote sensor to direct light from the sun or a lighting apparatus. Doing so may cause a malfunction. • If you do not use the remote for an extended period of time, remove the batteries to avoid possible damage from battery leakage and corrosion. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-4 DVP-NS975V 19 Hookups Step 3: Connecting the Video/HDMI Cords Connect this player to your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) using a video cord. Select one of the patterns A through D, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). In order to view progressive signal “480p (525p)” pictures with a compatible TV, projector, or monitor, you must use pattern B. Select pattern A when connecting to a TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) equipped with HDMI input. OPTICAL FRONT COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT 5.1CH OUTPUT REAR CENTER WOOFER L R 1 2 1 2 R-AUDIO-L LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CONTROL S IN PR PB HDMI OUT C VIDEO AUDIO INPUT L R B A PR PB Y COMPONENT VIDEO IN D INPUT S VIDEO S-LINK CONTROL S IN Audio/video cord (supplied) Component video cord (not supplied) (yellow) TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) to S VIDEO OUT 1 or 2 TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) S VIDEO cord (not supplied) TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) (red) (blue) (green) (blue) to LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1 or 2 l : Signal flow CD/DVD player to COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (green) TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) (red) to CONTROL S IN (page 21) (U.S./ Canadian models only) HDMI cord (not supplied) to HDMI OUT TV or other equipment with a CONTROL S jack CONTOL S cord (not supplied) ,continued 20 A If you are connecting to an HDMI/DVI input jack Use a certified HDMI cord (not supplied) to enjoy high quality digital picture and sound through the HDMI OUT jack. Note that Super Audio CD sound is not output from the HDMI OUT jack. To connect to a TV with DVI input Use an HDMI-DVI converter cord (not supplied). The DVI jack will not accept any audio signals, so you have to use another audio connection in addition to this connection (page 23). Furthermore, you cannot connect the HDMI OUT jack to DVI jacks that are not HDCP compliant (e.g., DVI jacks on PC displays). B If you are connecting to a monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) having component video input jacks (Y, PB, PR or Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) Connect the component via the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks using a component video cord (not supplied) or three video cords (not supplied) of the same kind and length. You will enjoy accurate color reproduction and high quality images. If your TV accepts progressive 480p (525p) format signals*, use this connection and press the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel to output progressive signals. For details, see “Using the PROGRESSIVE button” (page 22). * The active number of progressive scan lines is 480, and the measured number of lines is 525. C If you are connecting to a video input jack Connect the yellow plug of an audio/video cord (supplied) to the yellow (video) jack. You will enjoy standard quality images. With this connection, select “NORMAL (INTERLACE)” (default) by pressing the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel. Green Blue Red Green Blue Red Yellow White (L) Red (R) Yellow White (L) Red (R) 21 Hookups D If you are connecting to an S VIDEO input jack Connect an S VIDEO cord (not supplied). You will enjoy high quality images. With this connection, select “NORMAL (INTERLACE)” (default) by pressing the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel. When connecting to a wide screen TV Depending on the disc, the image may not fit your TV screen. To change the aspect ratio, see page 79. z Hint • For U.S./Canadian models If your TV has a CONTROL S jack, you can control the player by operating the remote toward the TV. This feature is convenient when you placed the player and the TV away from each other. After connecting the player with other components according to the above A, B, C or D, connect the TV via the CONTROL S IN jack using a control S cord (not supplied). Refer to the instructions supplied with the TV to be connected. Note that your TV’s input will not automatically switch to this player when you play a disc. Notes • Do not connect a VCR, etc., between your TV and the player. If you pass the player signals via the VCR, you may not receive a clear image on the TV screen. If your TV has only one audio/video input jack, connect the player to this jack. • Consumers should note that not all high definition television sets are fully compatible with this product and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the picture. In case of 480 (525) progressive scan picture problems, it is recommended that the user switch the connection to the ‘standard definition’ output. If there are questions regarding your TV set compatibility with this 480p (525p) DVD player model, please contact our customer service center. • If the picture appears too white when you are using C or D connection, set “BLACK LEVEL” in “SCREEN SETUP” to “OFF” (page 80). VCR CD/DVD player TV Connect directly ,continued 22 Using the PROGRESSIVE button By using the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel, you can select the signal format in which the player outputs video signals (Progressive or Interlace), and the conversion method for progressive signals. The PROGRESSIVE indicator lights up when the player outputs progressive signals. Each time you press PROGRESSIVE, the display changes as follows: PROGRESSIVE AUTO m PROGRESSIVE VIDEO m NORMAL (INTERLACE) ◆PROGRESSIVE AUTO Select this setting when: – your TV accepts progressive signals, and, – the TV is connected to the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. Normally select this under the above condition. This automatically detects the software type, and selects the appropriate conversion method. Note that the picture will not be clear or no picture will appear if you select these settings when either of the above conditions is not met. ◆PROGRESSIVE VIDEO Select this setting when: – your TV accepts progressive signals, and, – the TV is connected to the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, and – you want to fix the conversion method to PROGRESSIVE VIDEO for video-based software. Select this if the image is not clear when you select PROGRESSIVE AUTO. Note that the picture will not be clear or no picture will appear if you select these settings when either of the above conditions is not met. ◆NORMAL (INTERLACE) Select this setting when: – your TV does not accept progressive signals, or, – your TV is connected to jacks other than the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks (LINE OUT (VIDEO) or S VIDEO OUT). About DVD software types and the conversion method DVD software can be divided into two types: film-based software and video based software. Video-based software is derived from TV, such as dramas and sit-coms, and displays images at 30 frames/60 fields per second. Film-based software is derived from film and displays images at 24 frames per second. Some DVD software contains both video and film. In order for these images to appear natural on your screen when output in progressive format, the progressive signals need to be converted to match the type of DVD software that you are watching. Note When you play video-based software in progressive signal format, sections of some types of images may appear unnatural due to the conversion process when output through the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. Images from the S VIDEO OUT 1/2 and LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2 jacks are unaffected as they are output in the normal (interlace) format. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-5 DVP-NS975V 23 Hookups Step 4: Connecting the Audio Cords Refer to the chart below to select the connection that best suits your system. Be sure to also read the instructions for the components you wish to connect. Select a connection Select one of the following connections, through . Components to be connected Connection Your setup (example) TV • Surround effects: – TVS DYNAMIC (page 54) – TVS WIDE (page 54) (page 25) Stereo amplifier (receiver) and 2 speakers • Surround effects: – TVS STANDARD (page 54) or MD deck/DAT deck • Surround effects: – TVS STANDARD (page 54) (page 26) AV amplifier (receiver) having a Dolby*1 Surround (Pro Logic) decoder and 3 to 6 speakers • Surround effects: – Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 91) (page 27) AV amplifier (receiver) with 5.1 ch input jacks and 4 to 6 speakers • Surround effects: – Dolby Digital (5.1 ch) (page 91) – DTS (5.1 ch) (page 91) – Super Audio CD Multi channel (page 91) or AV amplifier (receiver) with digital input jacks having a Dolby Digital or DTS*2 decoder and 6 speakers • Surround effects: – Dolby Digital (5.1 ch) (page 91) – DTS (5.1 ch) (page 91) (page 28) A D A B C D ,continued 24 z Hint If you connect an AV amplifier (receiver) that conforms to the 96 kHz sampling frequency, use connection . *1 Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby,” “Pro Logic,” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. *2 Manufactured under license from Digital Theater Systems, Inc. U.S. Pat. No’s. 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,226,616; 6,487,535 and other U.S. and world- wide patents issued and pending. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. Copyright 1996, 2003 Digital Theater Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. D 25 Hookups Connecting to your TV This connection will use your TV’s speakers for sound. * The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 19). z Hint When connecting to a monaural TV, use a stereo- mono conversion cord (not supplied). Connect the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks to the TV’s audio input jack. A OPTICAL FRONT COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT 5.1CH OUTPUT REAR CENTER WOOFER L R 1 2 1 2 R-AUDIO-L LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CONTROL S IN PR PB HDMI OUT A 1 2 R-AUDIO-L LINE OUT VIDEO TV l: Signal flow CD/DVD player (white) (red) Audio/video cord (supplied) to audio input (yellow)* (white) (red) (yellow)* to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1or 2 ,continued 26 Connecting to a stereo amplifier (receiver) and 2 speakers/Connecting to an MD deck or DAT deck If the stereo amplifier (receiver) has audio input jacks L and R only, use . If the amplifier (receiver) has a digital input jack, or when connecting to an MD deck or DAT deck, use . In this case, you can also connect the player directly to the MD deck or DAT deck without using your stereo amplifier (receiver). Note Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/ HDMI OUT jacks. B B-1 B-2 OPTICAL FRONT COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT 5.1CH OUTPUT REAR CENTER WOOFER L R 1 2 1 2 R-AUDIO-L LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CONTROL S IN PR PB HDMI OUT B-1 B-2 OPTICAL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT 1 2 R-AUDIO-L LINE OUT VIDEO CD/DVD player or Stereo amplifier (receiver) MD deck/DAT deck Front (L) Front (R) [Speakers] (white) (red) (red) (white) Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting Stereo audio cord (not supplied) to audio input to coaxial or optical digital input Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) or l: Signal flow to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1 or 2 to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-6 DVP-NS975V 27 Hookups Connecting to an AV amplifier (receiver) having a Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) decoder and 3 to 6 speakers You can enjoy Dolby Surround effects only when playing Dolby Surround audio or multi- channel audio (Dolby Digital) discs. If your amplifier (receiver) has L and R audio input jacks only, use . If your amplifier (receiver) has a digital input jack, use . Notes • When connecting 6 speakers, replace the monaural rear speaker with a center speaker, 2 rear speakers and a subwoofer. • Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/ HDMI OUT jacks. C C-1 C-2 OPTICAL FRONT COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT 5.1CH OUTPUT REAR CENTER WOOFER L R 1 2 1 2 R-AUDIO-L LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CONTROL S IN PR PB HDMI OUT C-1 C-2 OPTICAL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT 1 2 R-AUDIO-L LINE OUT VIDEO CD/DVD player or Front (R) Front (L) Rear (R) Subwoofer Rear (L) Amplifier (receiver) with Dolby Surround decoder Center Rear (mono) Stereo audio cord (not supplied) [Speakers] Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting (red) (white) to coaxial or optical digital input Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) [Speakers] or to audio input (white) to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1 or 2 to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) l: Signal flow (red) ,continued 28 Connecting to an AV amplifier (receiver) with 5.1 ch input jacks and/or a digital input jack and 4 to 6 speakers If your AV amplifier (receiver) has 5.1 channel inputs, use . If you want to use the Dolby Digital, or DTS decoder function on your AV amplifier (receiver), connect to its digital jack using . With the following connections, you can enjoy a more realistic audio presence in the comfort of your own home. D D-1 D-2 HDMI OUT OPTICAL FRONT COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT 5.1CH OUTPUT REAR CENTER WOOFER L R 1 2 1 2 R-AUDIO-L LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CONTROL S IN PR PB HDMI OUT D-2 D-1 FRONT 5.1CH OUTPUT REAR CENTER WOOFER L R OPTICAL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT l: Signal flow Front (R) Front (L) Rear (R) AV amplifier (receiver) having 5.1 ch inputs or/and a decoder Subwoofer Center Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) Monaural audio cord (not supplied) Stereo audio cord (not supplied) Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting [Speakers] CD/DVD player [Speakers] Rear (L) to audio input to coaxial or optical/ HDMI digital input or or to 5.1CH OUTPUT to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/ HDMI OUT HDMI cord (not supplied) or 29 Hookups : Connecting to the 5.1 ch input jacks You can enjoy 5.1 ch surround sound using the internal Dolby Digital, DTS, or Super Audio CD Multi decoder of this player. : Connecting to a digital input jack This connection will allow you to use the Dolby Digital, or DTS decoder function of your AV amplifier (receiver). You are not able to enjoy the surround sound effects of this player. z Hints • For connection For correct speaker location, refer to the operating instructions of the connected components. • To enhance the sound performance: – Use high-performance speakers. – Use front, rear, and center speakers of the same size and performance. – Place the subwoofer between the left and right front speakers. Notes For connection • After you have completed the connection, be sure to set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “DOLBY DIGITAL” and “DTS” to “DTS” in Quick Setup (page 30). • When you connect an amplifier (receiver) that conforms to the 96 kHz sampling frequency, set “48kHz/96kHz PCM” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “96kHz/24bit” (page 84). • Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/ HDMI OUT jack. • When you connect the player to an AV amplifier (receiver) using an HDMI cord, you will need to do one of the following: – Connect the AV amplifier (receiver) to the TV with the HDMI cord. – Connect the player to the TV with a video cord other than HDMI cord (component video cord, S VIDEO cord, or audio/video cord). D-1 D-2 D-2 D-2 30 Step 5: Connecting the Power Cord Plug the player and TV power cords into an AC outlet. Step 6: Quick Setup Follow the steps below to make the minimum number of basic adjustments for using the player. To skip an adjustment, press >. To return to the previous adjustment, press .. The on-screen displays differ depending on the player model. U.S./Canadian models are used for illustration unless otherwise specified. 1 Turn on the TV. 2 Press [/1. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. “Press [ENTER] to run QUICK SETUP” appears at the bottom of the screen. If this message does not appear, select “QUICK” under “SETUP” in the Control Menu to run Quick Setup (page 78). 4 Press ENTER without inserting a disc. The Setup Display for selecting the language used in the on-screen display appears. 5 Press X/x to select a language. The player displays the menu and subtitles in the selected language. ENTER "/1 ./> X/x LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: PORTUGUESE FRENCH ENGLISH ENGLISH SPANISH www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-7 DVP-NS975V 31 Hookups 6 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the aspect ratio of the TV to be connected appears. 7 Press X/x to select the setting that matches your TV type. ◆ If you have a 4:3 standard TV • 4:3 LETTER BOX or 4:3 PAN SCAN (page 79) ◆ If you have a wide-screen TV or a 4:3 standard TV with a wide-screen mode • 16:9 (page 79) 8 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the type of jack used to connect your amplifier (receiver) appears. 9 Press X/x to select the type of jack (if any) you are using to connect to an amplifier (receiver), then press ENTER. Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 25 to 28 ( through ). • If you connect just a TV and nothing else, select “NO.” Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. • Select “LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO).” Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. • Select “DIGITAL OUTPUT.” The Setup Display for “DOLBY DIGITAL” appears. or both and • Select “DIGITAL & 5.1CH OUTPUT.” The Setup Display for “DOLBY DIGITAL” appears. 10Press X/x to select the type of Dolby Digital signal you wish to send to your amplifier (receiver). Choose the signal that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 26 to 28 ( through ). • D-PCM (page 84) • DOLBY DIGITAL (only if the amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby Digital decoder) (page 84) SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: 16:9 4:3 PAN SCAN 4:3 LETTER BOX ON OFF HDMI RESOLUTION: BACKGROUND: SCREEN SAVER: BLACK LEVEL: BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT): FULL 4:3 OUTPUT: 16:9 Is this player connected to an amplifier (receiver)? Select the type of jack you are using. LINE OUTPUT L/R(AUDIO) DIGITAL OUTPUT DIGITAL & 5.1CH OUTPUT YES NO A D A B-1 C-1 B-2 C-2 D-2 D-1 D-1 D-2 B D AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: OFF STANDARD AUDIO FILTER: SHARP ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM D-PCM 48kHz/96kHz PCM: DTS: DOLBY DIGITAL AUDIO(HDMI): AUTO B-2 C-2 D-2 ,continued 32 11Press ENTER. “DTS” is selected. 12Press X/x to select whether or not you wish to send a DTS signal to your amplifier (receiver). Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 26 to 28 ( through ). • D-PCM (page 84) • DTS (only if the amplifier (receiver) has a DTS decoder) (page 84) 13Press ENTER. ◆ When “DIGITAL OUTPUT” is selected in step 9 • Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. ◆ When “DIGITAL & 5.1CH OUTPUT” is selected in step 9 • The Setup Display for “SPEAKER SETUP” appears. 14Press X/x to select the size of the center speaker. If no center speaker is connected, select “NONE” (page 85). 15Press ENTER. “REAR” is selected. 16Press X/x to select the size of the rear speakers. If no rear speaker is connected, select “NONE.” 17Press ENTER. “SUBWOOFER” is selected. 18Press X/x to select whether or not you have connected a subwoofer. 19Press ENTER. Quick Setup is finished. All connections and setup operations are complete. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: OFF STANDARD AUDIO FILTER: SHARP ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM D-PCM 48kHz/96kHz PCM: DTS DTS: AUDIO(HDMI): D-PCM B D B-2 C-2 D-2 SPEAKER SETUP(DVD) SIZE: DISTANCE: LEVEL(FRONT): LEVEL(REAR): OFF TEST TONE: FRONT: CENTER: LARGE LARGE REAR: SUBWOOFER: LARGE YES SMALL NONE LARGE SPEAKER SETUP(DVD) SIZE: DISTANCE: LEVEL(FRONT): LEVEL(REAR): OFF TEST TONE: FRONT: CENTER: LARGE REAR: SUBWOOFER: LARGE(REAR) YES LARGE LARGE(REAR) LARGE(SIDE) SPEAKER SETUP(DVD) SIZE: DISTANCE: LEVEL(FRONT): LEVEL(REAR): OFF TEST TONE: FRONT: CENTER: LARGE LARGE REAR: SUBWOOFER: T t th ENTER DISPLAY YES LARGE(REAR) NONE YES 33 Hookups Enjoying the surround sound effects To enjoy the surround sound effects of this player or your amplifier (receiver), set the following items as described below for the audio connection you selected on pages 26 to 28 ( through ). Each of these is the default setting and does not need to be adjusted when you first connect the player. See page 77 for using the Setup Display. Audio Connection (pages 26 to 28) • No additional settings are needed. • Set “DOWNMIX” to “DOLBY SURROUND” (page 83). • Set “DOWNMIX” to “DOLBY SURROUND” (page 83). • Set “DIGITAL OUT” to “ON” (page 83). • Set “DISTANCE,” “LEVEL (FRONT),” and “LEVEL (REAR)” according to the connected speakers (page 86). z Hints • For connections Set “48kHz/96kHz PCM” to “96kHz/24bit,” only if you connect an amplifier (receiver) that conforms to the 96 kHz sampling frequency (page 84). • For connections If the sound distorts even when the volume is turned down, set “AUDIO ATT” to “ON” (page 82). • The speaker size you set in step 14 through 18 will also adjust the Super Audio CD speaker size of “SPEAKER SETUP.” If you want to change the speaker size for Super Audio CDs, you can set in “SPEAKER SETUP” (page 85). B D A B-1 C-1 B-2 C-2 D-2 D-1 B-2 C-2 D-2 B-1 C-1 D-1 34 Playing Discs Playing Discs Depending on the DVD or VIDEO CD, some operations may be different or restricted. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with your disc. 1 Turn on your TV. 2 Press [/1. The player turns on. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. ◆ When using an amplifier (receiver) Turn on the amplifier (receiver) and select the appropriate channel so that you can hear sound from the player. 4 Press A on the player, and place a disc on the disc tray. 5 Press H. The disc tray closes. The player starts playback (continuous play). Adjust the volume on the TV or the amplifier (receiver). Depending on the disc, a menu may appear on the TV screen. For DVD VIDEOs, see page 37. For VIDEO CDs, see page 40. To enjoy the clarity of Super Audio CD/CD sound more You can minimize the effect of the video output by switching it off. Press VIDEO ON/OFF, so that the VIDEO OFF indicator lights up on the player. To cancel the setting, press VIDEO ON/OFF again. To turn off the player Press [/1. The player enters standby mode. z Hint You can have the player turn off automatically whenever you leave it in stop mode for more than 30 minutes. To turn this function on or off, set “AUTO POWER OFF” in “CUSTOM SETUP” to “ON” or “OFF.” Notes • Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/ HDMI OUT jacks. • The VIDEO ON/OFF function is not effective when you use the HDMI connection. [/1 H A H [/1 VIDEO ON/ OFF Z Playback side facing down www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-8 DVP-NS975V 35 Playing Discs Additional operations *1 DVD VIDEOs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs only. *2 DVD VIDEOs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs/ DVD+RWs only. *3 Video and JPEG pictures only (except BACKGROUND pictures). You can move the enlarged picture using C/X/x/c. Depending upon the contents of the disc, the zoom function may be canceled automatically when the picture is moved. *4 DATA CDs only. z Hints • The Instant Replay function is useful when you want to review a scene or dialogue that you missed. • The Instant Advance function is useful when you want to pass over a scene that you don’t want to watch. Note You may not be able to use the Instant Replay or Instant Advance function with some scenes. Locking the disc tray (Child Lock) You can lock the disc tray to prevent children from opening it. When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 on the remote. The player turns on and “LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. The A and Z buttons on the player or the remote do not work while the Child Lock is set. To unlock the disc tray When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 again. To Operation Stop Press x Pause Press X Resume play after pause Press X or H Go to the next chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press > Go back to the previous chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press . Stop play and remove the disc Press Z Replay the previous scene*1 Press (instant replay) during playback Briefly fast forward the current scene*2 Press (instant advance) during playback Magnify the image*3 Press ZOOM repeatedly. Press CLEAR to cancel. Go to the next or previous album.*4 Press ALBUM + or – during playback Z CLEAR ./> X H x (instant advance) (instant replay) ZOOM ALBUM +/– ENTER [/1 O RETURN ,continued 36 Note Even if you select “RESET” under “SETUP” in the Control Menu (page 78), the disc tray remains locked. Resuming Playback From the Point Where You Stopped the Disc (Multi-disc Resume) The player stores the point where you stopped the disc for up to 40 discs and resumes playback the next time you insert the same disc. If you store a resume playback point for the 41st disc, the resume playback point for the first disc is deleted. 1 While playing a disc, press x to stop playback. “RESUME” appears on the front panel display. 2 Press H. The player starts playback from the point where you stopped the disc in step 1. z Hint To play from the beginning of the disc, press x twice, then press H. x H 37 Playing Discs Notes • “MULTI-DISC RESUME” in “CUSTOM SETUP” must be set to “ON” (default) for this function to work (page 82). • The point where you stopped playing is cleared when: – you change the play mode. – you change the settings on the Setup Display. • For DVD-RWs in VR mode, CDs, Super Audio CDs, and DATA CDs, the player remembers the resume playback point for the current disc. The resume point is cleared when: – you opened the disc tray. – you disconnect the power cord. – the player enters standby mode (DATA CD only). • Resume Play does not work during Shuffle Play and Program Play. • This function may not work with some discs. • If “MULTI-DISC RESUME” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “ON” and you playback a recorded disc such as DVD-RW, the player may playback other recorded discs from the same resume point. To play from the beginning, press x twice and then press H. Using the DVD’s Menu A DVD is divided into long sections of a picture or a music feature called “titles.” When you play a DVD which contains several titles, you can select the title you want using the TOP MENU button. When you play DVDs that allow you to select items such as language for the sound and subtitles, select these items using the MENU button. 1 Press TOP MENU or MENU. The disc’s menu appears on the TV screen. The contents of the menu vary from disc to disc. 2 Press C/X/x/c or the number buttons to select the item you want to play or change. If you press the number buttons, the following display appears. Press the number buttons to select the item you want. 3 Press ENTER. Number buttons ENTER TOP MENU MENU C/X/x/c 1 38 Selecting “ORIGINAL” or “PLAY LIST” on a DVD- RW Some DVD-RWs in VR (Video Recording) mode have two types of titles for playback: originally recorded titles (ORIGINAL) and titles that can be created on recordable DVD players for editing (PLAY LIST). You can select the type of title to be played. 1 Press DISPLAY when the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST), then press ENTER. The options for “ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a setting. • PLAY LIST: plays the titles created from “ORIGINAL” for editing. • ORIGINAL: plays the titles originally recorded. 4 Press ENTER. ENTER DISPLAY X/x 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) DVD-RW PLAY LIST PLAY LIST ORIGINAL T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-9 DVP-NS975V 39 Playing Discs Selecting a Playback Area for a Super Audio CD Selecting a playback area on a 2 channel + Multi-channel Super Audio CD Some Super Audio CDs consist of a 2 channel playback area and a multi-channel playback area. You can select the playback area you want to listen to. 1 Press SA-CD MULTI/2CH when the player is in stop mode. The following display appears. 2 Press SA-CD MULTI/2CH repeatedly to select the item. • MULTI: plays a multi-channel playback area. • 2CH: plays a 2 channel playback area. The MULTI CHANNEL indicator lights up when playing a multi-channel playback area. Selecting a playback layer when playing a hybrid Super Audio CD Some Super Audio CDs consist of an HD layer and a CD layer. You can select the playback layer you want to listen to. Press SA-CD/CD when the player is in stop mode. Each time you press the button, an HD layer or a CD layer is alternately selected. When playing a CD layer, “CD” in the front panel display lights up. Notes • For details about Super Audio CD discs, see page 93. • Each play mode function works only within the selected layer or playback area. SA-CD MULTI/2CH SA-CD/CD 2CH 40 Playing VIDEO CDs With PBC Functions (PBC Playback) PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play VIDEO CDs interactively by following the menu on the TV screen. 1 Start playing a VIDEO CD with PBC functions. The menu for your selection appears. 2 Press the number buttons to select the item number you want. 3 Press ENTER. 4 Follow the instructions in the menu for interactive operations. Refer to the instructions supplied with the disc, as the operating procedure may differ depending on the VIDEO CD. To return to the menu Press O RETURN. z Hint To play without using PBC, press ./> or the number buttons while the player is stopped to select a track, then press H or ENTER. “Play without PBC” appears on the TV screen and the player starts continuous play. You cannot play still pictures such as a menu. To return to PBC playback, press x twice then press H. Note Depending on the VIDEO CD, “Press ENTER” in step 3 may appear as “Press SELECT” in the instructions supplied with the disc. In this case, press H. Number buttons ./> H x ENTER O RETURN 41 Playing Discs Various Play Mode Functions (Program Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat Play) You can set the following play modes: • Program Play (page 41) • Shuffle Play (page 42) • Repeat Play (page 43) • A-B Repeat Play (page 44) Note The play mode is canceled when: – you open the disc tray. – the player enters standby mode by pressing [/1. Creating your own program (Program Play) You can play the contents of a disc in the order you want by arranging the order of the titles, chapters, or tracks on the disc to create your own program. You can program up to 99 titles, chapters, and tracks. 1 Press DISPLAY. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PROGRAM), then press ENTER. The options for “PROGRAM” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then press ENTER. 4 Press c. The cursor moves to the title or track row “T” (in this case, “01”). 5 Select the title, chapter, or track you want to program. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO For example, select chapter “03” of title “02.” Press X/x to select “02” under “T,” then press ENTER. ENTER X/x/c H DISPLAY CLEAR OFF OFF SET ON PLAY 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PROGRAM 1. TITLE ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – T – – 01 02 03 04 05 “TRACK” is displayed when you play a VIDEO CD, Super Audio CD, or CD. Titles or tracks recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE – – ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – T C ALL 01 02 03 04 05 06 – – 02 03 04 05 01 Chapters recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE – – ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – C ALL 03 04 05 06 T – – 01 02 03 04 05 02 01 ,continued 42 Next, press X/x to select “03” under “C,” then press ENTER. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, Super Audio CD, or CD For example, select track “02.” Press X/x to select “02” under “T,” then press ENTER. The track number may be displayed in 3 digits for a Super Audio CD. 6 To program other titles, chapters, or tracks, repeat steps 4 to 5. The programmed titles, chapters, and tracks are displayed in the selected order. 7 Press H to start Program Play. Program Play begins. When the program ends, you can restart the same program again by pressing H. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” after step 2. To play the same program again, select “ON” in step 3 and press ENTER. To change or cancel a program 1 Follow steps 1 to 3 of “Creating your own program (Program Play).” 2 Select the program number of the title, chapter, or track you want to change or cancel using X/x and press c. If you want to delete the title, chapter, or track from the program, press CLEAR. 3 Follow step 5 for new programming. To cancel a program, select “--” under “T,” then press ENTER. To cancel all of the titles, chapters, or tracks in the programmed order 1 Follow steps 1 to 3 of “Creating your own program (Program Play).” 2 Press X and select “ALL CLEAR.” 3 Press ENTER. z Hint You can perform Repeat Play or Shuffle Play of programmed titles, chapters, or tracks. During Program Play, follow the steps of Repeat Play (page 43) or Shuffle Play (page 42). Notes • When you program tracks on a Super VCD, the total playing time is not displayed. • You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs and Super VCDs with PBC playback. Playing in random order (Shuffle Play) You can have the player “shuffle” titles, chapters, or tracks. Subsequent “shuffling” may produce a different playing order. T – – 01 02 03 04 05 PROGRAM 1. TITLE 0 2 – 0 3 ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – Selected title and chapter PROGRAM 1. TRACK 0 2 ALL CLEAR 2. TRACK – – 3. TRACK – – 4. TRACK – – 5. TRACK – – 6. TRACK – – 7. TRACK – – 0:15:30 – – 01 02 03 04 05 T Selected track Total time of the programmed tracks H CLEAR SHUFFLE www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-10 DVP-NS975V 43 Playing Discs 1 Press SHUFFLE during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press SHUFFLE repeatedly to select the item to be shuffled. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO • TITLE • CHAPTER ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD,Super Audio CD, or CD • TRACK ◆ When Program Play is activated • ON: shuffles titles, chapters, or tracks selected in Program Play. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in step 2. z Hints • You can set Shuffle Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the “SHUFFLE” option, press H. Shuffle Play starts. • Up to 200 chapters in a disc can be played in random order when “CHAPTER” is selected. Note You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs and Super VCDs with PBC playback. Playing repeatedly (Repeat Play) You can play all of the titles or tracks on a disc, or a single title, chapter, or track repeatedly. You can use a combination of Shuffle or Program Play modes. 1 Press REPEAT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press REPEAT repeatedly to select the item to be repeated. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO • DISC: repeats all of the titles. • TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. • CHAPTER: repeats the current chapter. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW • DISC: repeats all the titles of the selected type. • TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. • CHAPTER: repeats the current chapter. TITLE H CLEAR REPEAT DISC ,continued 44 ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, Super Audio CD, or CD • DISC: repeats all of the tracks. • TRACK: repeats the current track. ◆ When playing a DATA CD • DISC: repeats all of the albums. • ALBUM: repeats the current album. • TRACK (MP3 audio tracks only): repeats the current track. ◆ When Program Play or Shuffle Play is activated • ON: repeats Program Play or Shuffle Play. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in step 2. z Hint You can set Repeat Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the “REPEAT” option, press H. Repeat Play starts. Notes • You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs and Super VCDs with PBC playback. • When repeating a DATA CD which contains MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files, and their playing times are not the same, the sound will not match the image. • When “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “IMAGE (JPEG)” (page 67), you cannot select “TRACK.” Repeating a specific portion (A- B Repeat Play) You can play a specific portion of a title, chapter or track repeatedly. (This function is useful when you want to memorize lyrics, etc.) 1 Press DISPLAY during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (A-B REPEAT), then press ENTER. The options for “A-B REPEAT” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then press ENTER. The “A-B REPEAT” setting bar appears. CLEAR ENTER X/x DISPLAY PLAY SET OFF OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PLAY SET OFF OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO A 18 - 1:32:30 B 45 Playing Discs 4 During playback, when you find the starting point (point A) of the portion to be played repeatedly, press ENTER. The starting point (point A) is set. 5 When you reach the ending point (point B), press ENTER again. The set points are displayed and the player starts repeating this specific portion. To return to normal play Press CLEAR or select “OFF” in step 3. Notes • When you set A-B Repeat Play, the settings for Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, and Program Play are canceled. • A-B Repeat Play does not work across multiple titles. • You cannot set A-B Repeat Play for contents on a DVD-RW (VR mode) that contains still pictures. A 18 - 1:32:30 B 18 - 1:33:05 46 Searching for a Scene Searching for a Particular Point on a Disc (Search, Scan, Slow-motion Play, Freeze Frame) You can quickly locate a particular point on a disc by monitoring the picture or playing back slowly. Notes • Depending on the disc, you may not be able to do some of the operations described. • For DATA CDs, you can search for a particular point only on an MP3 audio track. Locating a point quickly using the previous/next buttons (Search) You can search for the next or previous chapter, track, or scene using ./> on the player. During playback, press > or . once briefly to go to the next or previous chapter/ track/scene. Or, press and hold > or . to search forward or backwards, and release the button when you find the point you want to return to normal playback. (Search) Locating a point quickly by playing a disc in fast forward or fast reverse (Scan) Press m or M while playing a disc. When you find the point you want, press H to return to normal speed. Each time you press m or M during scan, the scan speed changes. With each press the indication changes as shown below. Actual speeds may differ between discs. Playback direction Opposite direction The “�2B”/ “�2b” playback speed is about twice the normal speed. The “3M”/“3m” playback speed is faster than “2M”/“2m” and the “2M”/“2m” playback speed is faster than “1M”/ “1m.” m/ M H H ./ > �2B t 1M t 2M t 3M 3M (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW/VIDEO CD only) �2B (DVD VIDEO/Super Audio CD/CD only) �2b t 1m t 2m t 3m 3m (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW/VIDEO CD only) �2b (DVD VIDEO only) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-11 DVP-NS975V 47 Searching for a Scene Watching frame by frame (Slow-motion Play) Press m or M when the player is in pause mode. To return to normal speed, press H. Each time you press m or M during Slow-motion Play, the playback speed changes. Two speeds are available. With each press the indication changes as follows: Playback direction 2 y 1 Opposite direction (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) 2 y 1 The “2 y”/“2 ” playback speed is slower than “1 y”/“1 .” Playing one frame at a time (Freeze Frame) When the player is in the pause mode, press (step) to go to the next frame. Press (step) to go to the preceding frame (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only). To return to normal playback, press H. Note You cannot search for a still picture on a DVD-RW in VR mode. Searching for a Title/ Chapter/Track/Scene, etc. (Search mode) You can search a DVD by title or chapter, and you can search a VIDEO CD/Super Audio CD/CD/DATA CD by track, index, or scene. As titles and tracks are assigned unique numbers on the disc, you can select the desired one by entering its number. You can also search for a scene using the time code. 1 Press SEARCH MODE. The following display appears. “-- (**)” appears next to the icon (** refers to a number). The number in parentheses indicates the total number of titles, tracks, indexes, scenes, etc., of the disc. 2 Press SEARCH MODE repeatedly to select a search method. Number buttons CLEAR ENTER SEARCH MODE – –(10) ,continued 48 ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW TITLE CHAPTER TIME/TEXT Select “TIME/TEXT” to search for a starting point by inputting the time code. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or Super VCD without PBC playback TRACK INDEX ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or Super VCD with PBC Playback SCENE ◆ When playing a Super Audio CD/CD TRACK ◆ When playing a DATA CD ALBUM TRACK (MP3 audio tracks only) FILE (JPEG image files only) 3 Select the number of the title, track, scene, time code, etc. you want by pressing the number buttons to select the digit. ◆ When you select TIME/TEXT For example, to find the scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes, and 20 seconds after the beginning, enter “21020.” ◆ If you make a mistake Cancel the number by pressing CLEAR, then select another number. 4 Press ENTER. The player starts playback from the selected number. To turn off the display Press SEARCH MODE repeatedly until the display is turned off. z Hints • When the Control Menu display is turned off, you can search for a chapter (DVD VIDEO/DVD- RW) or track (Super Audio CD/CD) by pressing the number buttons and ENTER. • You can display the first scene of titles, chapters, or tracks recorded on the disc on a screen divided into 9 sections. You can start playback directly by selecting one of the scenes. For details, see “Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION)” (page 49). Notes • The title, chapter, or track number displayed is the same number recorded on the disc. • You cannot search for a scene on a DVD+RW using the time code. 49 Searching for a Scene Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) You can divide the screen into 9 subscreens and find the desired scene quickly. 1 Press PICTURE NAVI during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press PICTURE NAVI repeatedly to select an item. • CHAPTER VIEWER (DVD VIDEO only): displays the first scene of each chapter. • TITLE VIEWER (DVD VIDEO only): displays the first scene of each title. • TRACK VIEWER (VIDEO CD/ Super VCD only): displays the first scene of each track. 3 Press ENTER. The first scene of each chapter, title, or track appears as follows. 4 Press C/X/x/c to select a chapter, title, or track, and press ENTER. Playback starts from the selected scene. To return to normal play during setting Press O RETURN or DISPLAY. z Hint If there are more than 9 chapters, titles, or tracks, V is displayed at the bottom right of the screen. To display the additional chapters, titles, or tracks, select the bottom scenes and press x. To return to the previous scene, select the top scenes and press X. Note Depending on the disc, you may not be able to select some items. PICTURE NAVI ENTER O RETURN C/X/x/c DISPLAY CHAPTER VIEWER ENTER 1 4 7 2 5 8 3 6 9 50 Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the Playing Time and Remaining Time You can check the playing time and remaining time of the current title, chapter, or track. Also, you can check the DVD/Super Audio CD/CD text or track name (MP3 audio) recorded on the disc. 1 Make sure that the TV/DVD switch is set to DVD. Press TIME/TEXT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly to change the time information. The available time information depends upon the type of disc you are playing. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD- RW • T *:*:* (hours: minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current title • T–*:*:* Remaining time of the current title • C *:*:* Playing time of the current chapter • C–*:*:* Remaining time of the current chapter ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or Super VCD (with PBC functions) • *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current scene ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions), Super Audio CD, or CD • T *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track • T–*:* Remaining time of the current track • D *:* Playing time of the current disc • D–*:* Remaining time of the current disc ◆ When playing a Super VCD (without PBC functions) • T *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track ◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) • T *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track Checking the play information of the Disc To check the DVD/Super Audio CD/CD text Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly in step 2 to display text recorded on the DVD/Super Audio CD/CD. The DVD/Super Audio CD/CD text appears only when text is recorded in the disc. You cannot change the text. If the disc does not contain text, “NO TEXT” appears. TIME/TEXT TV/DVD switch T 1:01:57 Time information BRAHMS SYMPHONY www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-12 DVP-NS975V 51 Viewing Information About the Disc To check DATA CD (MP3 audio) album name, etc. By pressing TIME/TEXT while playing MP3 audio tracks on a DATA CD, you can display the name of an album/track and the audio bit rate (the amount of data per second of the current audio) on your TV screen. Checking the information on the front panel display You can view the time information and text displayed on the TV screen also on the front panel display. The information on the front panel display changes as follows when you change the time information on your TV screen. When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD-RW When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) T 17:30 128k JAZZ RIVER SIDE Bit rate Album name Track name Playing time of the current title Remaining time of the current title Playing time of the current chapter Remaining time of the current chapter Text Current title and chapter number (returns to top automatically) Playing time and number of the current track Track name ,continued 52 When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions), Super Audio CD, or CD *1 When playing a Super Audio CD, the current track is not displayed. *2 The current track and index appear only when playing a VIDEO CD or Super Audio CD. z Hints • When playing VIDEO CDs with PBC functions, the scene number or the playing time are displayed. • Long text that does not fit in a single line will scroll across the front panel display. • You can also check the time information and text using the Control Menu (page 15). Notes • Depending on the type of disc being played, the disc text or track name may not be displayed. • The player can only display the first level of the disc text, such as the disc name or title. • Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be displayed correctly. • If you play a disc containing JPEG image files only, “NO AUDIO DATA” appears when “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUTO,” “JPEG” appears when “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “IMAGE (JPEG)” in the front panel display. Playing time and number of the current track Remaining time of the current track*1 Remaining time of the disc Text Playing time of the disc Current track and index*2 (returns to top automatically) 53 Sound Adjustments Sound Adjustments Changing the Sound When playing a DVD VIDEO recorded in multiple audio formats (PCM, Dolby Digital, or DTS), you can change the audio format. If the DVD VIDEO is recorded with multilingual tracks, you can also change the language. With CDs, DATA CDs, or VIDEO CDs, you can select the sound from either the right or left channel and listen to the sound of the selected channel through both the right and left speakers. For example, when playing a disc containing a song with the vocals on the right channel and the instruments on the left channel, you can hear the instruments from both speakers by selecting the left channel. 1 Press AUDIO during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press AUDIO repeatedly to select the desired audio signal. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. See “Language Code List” on page 95 to see which language the code represents. When the same language is displayed two or more times, the DVD VIDEO is recorded in multiple audio formats. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW The types of sound tracks recorded on a disc are displayed. The default setting is underlined. Example: • 1: MAIN (main sound) • 1: SUB (sub sound) • 1: MAIN+SUB (main and sub sound) ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, CD, or DATA CD (MP3 audio) The default setting is underlined. • STEREO: the standard stereo sound • 1/L: the sound of the left channel (monaural) • 2/R: the sound of the right channel (monaural) ◆ When playing a Super VCD The default setting is underlined. • 1:STEREO: the stereo sound of the audio track 1 • 1:1/L: the sound of the left channel of the audio track 1 (monaural) • 1:2/R: the sound of the right channel of the audio track 1 (monaural) • 2:STEREO: the stereo sound of the audio track 2 • 2:1/L: the sound of the left channel of the audio track 2 (monaural) • 2:2/R: the sound of the right channel of the audio track 2 (monaural) Notes • While playing a Super VCD on which the audio track 2 is not recorded, no sound will come out when you select “2:STEREO,” “2:1/L,” or “2:2/R.” • You cannot change the sound for Super Audio CDs. AUDIO 1:ENGLISH DOLBY DIGITAL 3/2.1 ,continued 54 Checking the audio signal format You can check the audio signal format by pressing AUDIO repeatedly during playback. The format of the current audio signal (Dolby Digital, DTS, PCM, etc.) appears as shown below. Example: Dolby Digital 5.1 ch Example: Dolby Digital 3 ch About audio signals Audio signals recorded in a disc contain the sound elements (channels) shown below. Each channel is output from a separate speaker. • Front (L) • Front (R) • Center • Rear (L) • Rear (R) • Rear (Monaural): This signal can be either the Dolby Surround Sound processed signals or the Dolby Digital sound’s monaural rear audio signals. • LFE (Low Frequency Effect) signal Surround Mode Settings You can enjoy surround sounds while playing discs including Dolby Digital and DTS DVDs, even if you have only 2 or 4 speakers. Select the surround mode that best suits your speaker setup. 1 Press SUR during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press SUR repeatedly to select one of the surround modes. See the explanations given for each item in the following section. ◆ For 2 speaker setups (If you select a setting other than “NONE” in the setting of “REAR” in “SPEAKER SETUP” (page 85), you cannot select these modes.) • TVS DYNAMIC • TVS WIDE • TVS NIGHT • TVS STANDARD L R C LFE LS RS 1:ENGLISH DOLBY DIGITAL 3 / 2 .1 Rear (L/R) Front (L/R) + Center LFE (Low Frequency Effect) Currently playing programm format L R S 2:SPANISH DOLBY DIGITAL 2 / 1 Front (L/R) Rear (Monaural) Currently playing programm format SUR TVS DYNAMIC www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-13 DVP-NS975V 55 Sound Adjustments ◆ For 4 to 6 speaker setups (If you select “NONE” in the setting of “REAR” in “SPEAKER SETUP” (page 85), you cannot select these modes.) • NORMAL SURROUND • ENHANCED SURROUND • VIRTUAL REAR SHIFT • VIRTUAL MULTI REAR • VIRTUAL MULTI DIMENSION To cancel the setting Select “OFF” in step 2. For 2 speaker setups When you connect a stereo TV or 2 front speakers, TVS (TV Virtual Surround) lets you enjoy surround sound effects by using sound imaging to create virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L: left, R: right) without using actual rear speakers. TVS was developed by Sony to produce surround sound for home use using just a stereo TV. If the player is set up to output the signal from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/HDMI OUT jack, the surround effect will be heard only when “DOLBY DIGITAL” and “DTS” are set to “D-PCM” in “AUDIO SETUP”(page 83). ◆TVS DYNAMIC Creates one set of virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers (shown below). This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. ◆TVS WIDE Creates five sets of virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers (shown below). This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. ◆TVS NIGHT Large sounds, such as explosions, are suppressed, but quieter sounds are unaffected. This feature is useful when you want to hear the dialogue and enjoy the surround sound effects of “TVS WIDE” at low volume. ◆TVS STANDARD Creates three sets of virtual rear speakers from the sound of the actual front speakers (L, R) as shown below. This mode is effective when you use 2 separate front speakers. TV L: Front speaker (left) R: Front speaker (right) : Virtual speaker TV L R ,continued 56 For 4 to 6 speaker setups You can enjoy the following surround effects by using the 2 front speakers and 2 rear speakers. Connect the player to the amplifier (receiver) with the connection (page 28). You can experience Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) sounds or Digital Cinema Sound (DCS). DCS uses sound imaging to shift the sound of the rear speakers away from the actual speaker position or create entire sets of virtual rear speakers from one set of actual rear speakers. “VIRTUAL REAR SHIFT,” “VIRTUAL MULTI REAR,” and “VIRTUAL MULTI DIMENSION” make use of this technology. ◆NORMAL SURROUND Software with 2 channel audio signals is decoded with the Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) decoder to create surround effects. The rear speakers will emit identical monaural sounds. If you are using a center speaker, the appropriate sounds for the center speaker will be delivered. ◆ENHANCED SURROUND Provides a greater sense of presence from a Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) source with a monaural rear channel signal. Produces a stereo like effect in the rear channels. ◆VIRTUAL REAR SHIFT Shifts the sound of the rear speakers away from the actual speaker position. The shift position differs according to “REAR” or “SIDE” setting of the rear speakers (page 85). ◆VIRTUAL MULTI REAR Creates an array of virtual rear speakers from a single set of actual rear speakers. The position of the virtual rear speakers differs according to “REAR” or “SIDE” setting of the rear speakers (page 85). D-1 L R RS LS LS RS L R L LS RS R REAR SIDE L LS RS R L R LS RS REAR SIDE 57 Sound Adjustments ◆VIRTUAL MULTI DIMENSION Creates an array of virtual rear speaker positions higher than the listener from a single set of actual rear speakers. This mode creates five sets of virtual speakers surrounding the listener at approximately a 30� angle of elevation. The effect differs according to “REAR” or “SIDE” setting of the rear speakers (page 85). Notes • When you select one of the surround modes, turn off the surround setting of the connected TV or amplifier (receiver). • Not all discs will respond to the “TVS NIGHT” function in the same way. • To enjoy the multichannel audio through the 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks, correctly set each speaker position and distance (page 28, 85). • When the playing signal does not contain a signal for the rear speakers, you cannot hear the TVS effect. • When you select one of the TVS modes, the player does not output the sound of center speaker. • Make sure that your listening position is between and at an equal distance from your speakers, and that the speakers are located in similar surroundings. • If you use the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/HDMI OUT jack and set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “DOLBY DIGITAL,” and “DTS” to “DTS” in “AUDIO SETUP,” sound will come from your speakers but it will not have the SURROUND effect. L: Front speaker (left) R: Front speaker (right) LS: Rear speaker (left) RS: Rear speaker (right) : Virtual speaker LS RS L R L R LS RS REAR SIDE 58 Enjoying Movies Changing the Angles If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the DVD VIDEO, “ ” appears in the front panel display. This means that you can change the viewing angle. 1 Press ANGLE during playback. The number of the angle appears on the display. 2 Press ANGLE repeatedly to select an angle number. The scene changes to the selected angle. Note Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be able to change the angles even if multi-angles are recorded on the DVD VIDEO. Displaying the Subtitles If subtitles are recorded on the discs, you can change the subtitles or turn them on and off whenever you want while playing a DVD. 1 Press SUBTITLE during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a setting. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO Select the language. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. See “Language Code List” on page 95 to see which language the code represents. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW Select “ON.” To turn off the subtitles Select “OFF” in step 2. Note Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be able to change the subtitles even if multilingual subtitles are recorded on it. You also may not be able to turn them off. ANGLE 2 SUBTITLE 1:ENGLISH www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-14 DVP-NS975V 59 Enjoying Movies Adjusting the Playback Picture (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE) You can adjust the video signal of the DVD, VIDEO CD, or DATA CD in JPEG format from the player to obtain the picture quality you want. Choose the setting that best suits the program you are watching. When you select “MEMORY,” you can make further adjustments to each element of the picture (color, brightness, etc.). 1 Press PICTURE MODE during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press PICTURE MODE repeatedly to select the setting you want. The default setting is underlined. • STANDARD: displays a standard picture. • DYNAMIC 1: produces a bold dynamic picture by increasing the picture contrast and the color intensity. • DYNAMIC 2: produces a more dynamic picture than DYNAMIC 1 by further increasing the picture contrast and color intensity. • CINEMA 1: enhances details in dark areas by increasing the black level. • CINEMA 2: white colors become brighter and black colors become richer, and the color contrast is increased. • MEMORY: adjusts the picture in greater detail. z Hint When you watch a movie, “CINEMA 1” or “CINEMA 2” is recommended. Adjusting the picture items in “MEMORY” You can adjust each element of the picture individually. • PICTURE: changes the contrast • BRIGHTNESS: changes the overall brightness • COLOR: makes the colors deeper or lighter • HUE: changes the color balance 1 Press PICTURE MODE repeatedly to select “MEMORY” and press ENTER. The “PICTURE” adjustment bar appears. 2 Press C/c to adjust the picture contrast. To go the next or previous picture item without saving the current setting, press X/x. 3 Press ENTER. The adjustment is saved, and “BRIGHTNESS” adjustment bar appears. 4 Repeat step 2 and 3 to adjust “BRIGHTNESS,” “COLOR,” and “HUE.” PICTURE MODE DISPLAY O RETURN ENTER C/X/x/c DYNAMIC 1 ( ) C 0 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PICTURE 0 Cancel : Select : ENTER RETURN ,continued 60 To turn off the display Press O RETURN , or DISPLAY. Sharpening the Pictures (SHARPNESS) You can enhance the outlines of images to produce a sharper picture. 1 Press DISPLAY during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SHARPNESS), then press ENTER. The options for “SHARPNESS” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a level. • 1: enhances the outline. • 2: enhances the outline more than 1. 4 Press ENTER. The selected setting takes effect. To cancel the “SHARPNESS” setting Select “OFF” in step 3. ENTER X/x DISPLAY DVD VIDEO 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 2 1 OFF OFF 61 Enjoying Movies Adjusting the Delay Between the Picture and Sound (AV ALIGNMENT) When the sound does not match the pictures on the screen, you can adjust the delay between the picture and sound. 1 Press DISPLAY during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (AV ALIGNMENT), then press ENTER. The following display appears. 3 Press x to select “SETc”, then press ENTER. The “AV ALIGNMENT” adjustment bar appears. 4 Press c repeatedly to adjust the delay. Each time you press C/c, the delay is adjusted by 10 milliseconds. 5 Press ENTER. The selected setting takes effect. To reset the “AV ALIGNMENT” setting Press CLEAR in step 4. Notes • This function is not effective if you use the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack, and set “DOLBY DIGITAL” or “DTS” in AUDIO SETUP to “DOLBY DIGITAL” or “DTS” respectively (page 83). • This function is not effective if you connect a Dolby Digital or DTS-compliant device via the HDMI OUT jack, and set “DOLBY DIGITAL” or “DTS” in AUDIO SETUP to “DOLBY DIGITAL” or “DTS” respectively (page 83). CLEAR C/X/x/c DISPLAY ENTER DVD VIDEO 1 ( 2 6 ) 1 ( 1 2 ) T 0 : 0 0 : 0 2 0 ms SET AV ALIGNMENT 0ms 62 Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images About MP3 Audio Tracks and JPEG Image Files MP3 is audio compression technology that satisfies the ISO/MPEG regulations. JPEG is image compression technology. You can play DATA CDs that contain MP3 audio tracks or JPEG image files. DATA CDs that the player can play You can play back DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/ CD-Rs/CD-RWs) recorded in MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3) and JPEG format. However, the discs must be recorded according to ISO 9660 Level 1, Level 2 or Joliet format for the player to recognize the tracks (or files). You can also play discs recorded in Multi Session. Refer to the instructions supplied with the CD-R/CD-RW drives and the recording software (not supplied) for details on the recording format. Note on Multi Session discs If MP3 audio tracks or JPEG image files are recorded in the first session, the player will also play MP3 audio tracks or JPEG image files in other sessions. If audio tracks and images in Music CD format or Video CD format are recorded in the first session, only the first session will be played back. Note The player may not be able to play some DATA CDs created in the Packet Write format. MP3 audio track or JPEG image file that the player can play The player can play the following tracks and files: – MP3 audio tracks with the extension “.MP3.” – JPEG image files with the extension “.JPEG” or “.JPG.” – JPEG image files that conform to the DCF* image file format. * “Design rule for Camera File system”: Image standards for digital cameras regulated by JEITA (Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association). Notes • The player will play any data with the extension “.MP3,” “.JPG,” or “.JPEG,” even if they are not in MP3 or JPEG format. Playing these data may generate a loud noise which could damage your speaker system. • The player does not conform to audio tracks in MP3PRO format. • Some JPEG files cannot be played. About playback order of albums, tracks, and files Albums play in the following order: ◆Structure of disc contents ROOT Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4 Tree 5 Album Track or file www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-15 DVP-NS975V 63 Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images When you insert a DATA CD and press H, the numbered tracks (or files) are played sequentially, from 1 through 7. Any sub- albums/tracks (or files) contained within a currently selected album take priority over the next album in the same tree. (Example: C contains D so 4 is played before 5.) When you press MENU and the list of album names appears (page 64), the album names are arranged in the following order: A t B t C t D t F t G. Albums that do not contain tracks (or files) (such as album E) do not appear in the list. z Hints • If you add numbers (01, 02, 03, etc.) to the front of the track/file names when you store the tracks (or files) in a disc, the tracks and files will be played in that order. • Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start playback, it is recommended that you create albums with no more than two trees. Notes • Depending on the software you use to create the DATA CD, the playback order may differ from the above illustration. • The playback order above may not be applicable if there are more than 200 albums and 300 tracks/ files in each album. • The player can recognize up to 200 albums (the player will count just albums, including albums that do not contain MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files). The player will not play any albums beyond the 200th album. • Proceeding to the next or another album may take some time. Playing MP3 Audio Tracks or JPEG Image Files You can play MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files on DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD- Rs/CD-RWs). z Hint You can view the disc information while playing MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files (page 50). Notes • DATA CDs recorded in KODAK Picture CD format automatically start playing when inserted. • If no MP3 audio track or JPEG image file is recorded on the DATA CD, “No audio data” or “No image data” appears on the screen. CLEAR ./> H C/X/x/c MENU O RETURN ENTER x PICTURE NAVI ZOOM ,continued 64 Selecting an album 1 Press MENU. The list of albums on the disc appears. When an album is being played, its title is shaded. 2 Press X/x to select the album you want to play. 3 Press H. Playback starts from the selected album. To select MP3 audio tracks, see “Selecting an MP3 audio track” (page 64). To select JPEG image files, see “Selecting a JPEG image file” (page 65). To stop playback Press x. To go to the next or previous page Press c or C. To turn on or off the display Press MENU repeatedly. z Hints • Of the selected album, you can select to play only the MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, or both, by setting “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” (page 67). • During playback, you can press ALBUM +/– to go to the next/previous album without using the album list. Selecting an MP3 audio track 1 After step 2 of “Selecting an album,” press ENTER. The list of tracks in the album appears. 2 Press X/x to select a track, and press ENTER. Playback starts from the selected track. To stop playback Press x. To go to the next or previous page Press c or C. To return to the previous display Press O RETURN. To go to the next or previous MP3 audio track Press > or . during playback. You can select the first track of the next album by pressing > during playback of the last track of the current album. Note that you cannot return to the previous album by using ., and that you need to select the previous album from the album list. 3 ( 3 0 ) R O C K B E S T H I T K A R A O K E M Y F A V O U R I T E S O N G R & B J A Z Z C L A S S I C S A L S A O F C U B A B O S S A N O V A M Y F A V O U R I T E S O N G 1 ( 2 5 6 ) W A L T Z F O R D E B B Y M Y R O M A N C E M I L E S T O N E S M Y F U N N Y V A L E N T I N E A U T U M L E A V E S A L L B L U E S S O M E D A Y M Y P R I N C E W... 65 Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images Selecting a JPEG image file 1 After step 2 of “Selecting an album,” press PICTURE NAVI. The image files in the album appear in 16 subscreens. A scroll box is displayed on the right. To display the additional image, select the bottom images and press x. To return to the previous image, select the top images and press X. 2 Press C/X/x/c to select the image you want to view, and press ENTER. The selected image appears. Example To go to the next or previous JPEG image file Press C or c during playback. You can select the first file of the next album by pressing c during playback of the last file of the current album. Note that you cannot return to the previous album by using C, and that you need to select the previous album from the album list. To rotate a JPEG image Press X/x while viewing the image. Each time you press X, the image rotates counterclockwise by 90 degrees. To return to normal view, press CLEAR. Note that the view also returns to normal if you press C/c to go to the next or previous image. Example: when X is pressed once. To magnify a JPEG image (ZOOM) Press ZOOM while viewing the image. You can enlarge the image up to four times the original size, and scroll using C/X/x/c. To return to normal view, press CLEAR. ◆When pressed once (x2) The image enlarges twice the original size. ◆When pressed twice (x4) The image enlarges four times the original size. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 Rotating direction ,continued 66 To stop viewing the JPEG image Press x. z Hints • While viewing JPEG image files, you can set options such as “INTERVAL” (page 68), “EFFECT” (page 68), and “SHARPNESS” (page 60). • You can view JPEG images files without MP3 audio by setting “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” to “IMAGE (JPEG)” (page 67). • The date the picture was taken is displayed beside “DATE” in the Control Menu (page 15). Note that no date may appear depending on the digital camera. Note PICTURE NAVI does not work if “AUDIO (MP3)” is selected in “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” (page 67). Enjoying JPEG Images as a Slide Show You can play JPEG image files on a DATA CD successively as a slide show. 1 Press MENU. The list of albums on the DATA CD appears. 2 Press X/x to select an album. 3 Press H. The JPEG images in the selected album start playing as a slide show. To stop playback Press x. Notes • The slide show stops when X/x or ZOOM is pressed. To resume the slide show, press H. • This function does not work if “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUDIO (MP3)” (page 67). MENU x H X/x 3 ( 3 0 ) R O C K B E S T H I T K A R A O K E M Y F A V O U R I T E S O N G R & B J A Z Z C L A S S I C S A L S A O F C U B A B O S S A N O V A www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-16 DVP-NS975V 67 Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images Viewing a slide show with sound (MODE (MP3, JPEG)) When JPEG image files and MP3 audio tracks are placed in the same album, you can enjoy a slide show with sound. 1 Press DISPLAY during stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (MODE (MP3, JPEG)), and press ENTER. The options for “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “AUTO” (default), and press ENTER. • AUTO: plays both the JPEG image files and MP3 audio tracks in the same album as a slide show. • AUDIO (MP3): plays only MP3 audio tracks continuously. • IMAGE (JPEG): plays only JPEG image files continuously. 4 Press MENU. The list of albums on the DATA CD appears. 5 Press X/x to select the album that contains both the MP3 audio tracks and JPEG images you want to play. 6 Press H. A slide show starts with sound. z Hints • To repeat both MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files in a single album, repeat the same MP3 audio track or album when “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUTO.” See “Playing repeatedly (Repeat Play)” (page 43) to repeat the track or album. • The player recognizes a maximum of 200 albums regardless of the selected mode. Of each album, the player recognizes up to 300 MP3 audio tracks and 300 JPEG image files when “AUTO” is selected, 600 MP3 audio tracks when “AUDIO (MP3)” is selected, 600 JPEG image files when “IMAGE (JPEG)” is selected. Notes • This function does not work if the MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files are not placed in the same album. • If playing time of JPEG image or MP3 audio is longer than the other, the longer one continues without sound or image. • If you play large MP3 track data and JPEG image data at the same time, the sound may skip. It is recommended that you set the MP3 bit rate to 128 kbps or lower when creating the file. If the sound still skips, then reduce the size of the JPEG file. ENTER MENU DISPLAY X/x H DATA CD MP3 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 3 2 : 5 5 IMAGE (JPEG) AUDIO (MP3) AUTO AUTO 3 ( 3 0 ) R O C K B E S T H I T K A R A O K E M Y F A V O U R I T E S O N G R & B J A Z Z C L A S S I C S A L S A O F C U B A B O S S A N O V A ,continued 68 Setting the pace for a slide show (INTERVAL) You can set the time the slides are displayed on the screen. 1 Press DISPLAY twice while viewing a JPEG image or when the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (INTERVAL), then press ENTER. The options for “INTERVAL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a setting. The default setting is underlined. • NORMAL: sets the duration to between 6 to 9 seconds. • FAST: sets a duration shorter than NORMAL. • SLOW1: sets a duration longer than NORMAL. • SLOW2: sets a duration longer than SLOW1. 4 Press ENTER. Note Some JPEG files, especially progressive JPEG files or JPEG files of 3,000,000 pixels or more, may take longer to display than others, which may make the duration seem longer than the setting you selected. Selecting the slides’ appearance (EFFECT) You can select the way the slides are displayed during a slide show. 1 Press DISPLAY twice while viewing a JPEG image or when the player is in stop mode. 2 Press X/x to select (EFFECT), then press ENTER. The options for “EFFECT” appear. X/x DISPLAY ENTER 1 0 / 2 9 / 2 0 0 4 1( NORMAL DATA CD JPEG NORMAL INTERVAL FAST SLOW1 SLOW2 4) 3 ( 12) X/x DISPLAY ENTER 1 0 / 2 3 / 2 0 0 4 1( MODE1 DATA CD JPEG MODE1 EFFECT MODE2 MODE3 MODE4 MODE5 OFF 4) 3 ( 12) 69 Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images 3 Press X/x to select a setting. The default setting is underlined. • MODE1: the image sweeps in from top to bottom. • MODE2: the image sweeps in from left to right. • MODE3: the image stretches out from the center of the screen. • MODE4: the images randomly cycle through the effects. • MODE5: the next image slides over the previous image. • OFF: turns off this function. 4 Press ENTER. 70 Using Various Additional Functions Locking Discs (CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL, PARENTAL CONTROL) You can set two kinds of playback restrictions for a disc. • Custom Parental Control You can set playback restrictions so that the player will not play inappropriate discs. • Parental Control Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. Scenes may be blocked or replaced with different scenes. The same password is used for both Parental Control and Custom Parental Control. Custom Parental Control You can set the same Custom Parental Control password for up to 40 discs. When you set the 41st-disc, the first disc is canceled. 1 Insert the disc you want to lock. If the disc is playing, press x to stop playback. 2 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 3 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 4 Press X/x to select “ON t,” then press ENTER. ◆ If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. ◆ When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. Number buttons ENTER X/x DISPLAY x OFF PASSWORD PLAYER ON DVD VIDEO 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL Enter password, then press . ENTER www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-17 DVP-NS975V 71 Using Various Additional Functions 5 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. “Custom parental control is set.” appears and then the screen returns to the Control Menu. To turn off the Custom Parental Control function 1 Follow steps 1 to 3 of “Custom Parental Control.” 2 Press X/x to select “OFF t,” then press ENTER. 3 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. To play a disc for which Custom Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc for which Custom Parental Control is set. The “CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL” display appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player is ready for playback. z Hint If you forget your password, enter the 6-digit number “199703” using the number buttons when the “CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL” display asks you for your password, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. Parental Control (limited playback) Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. The “PARENTAL CONTROL” function allows you to set a playback limitation level. 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PLAYER t,” then press ENTER. ◆ If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL Custom parental control is already set. To play, enter your password and press . ENTER Number buttons H X/x DISPLAY ENTER OFF PASSWORD PLAYER ON DVD VIDEO 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 ,continued 72 Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. ◆ When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for setting the playback limitation level appears. 5 Press X/x to select “STANDARD,” then press ENTER. The selection items for “STANDARD” are displayed. 6 Press X/x to select a geographic area as the playback limitation level, then press ENTER. The area is selected. When you select “OTHERS t,” select and enter a standard code in the table on page 73 using the number buttons. 7 Press X/x to select “LEVEL,” then press ENTER. The selection items for “LEVEL” are displayed. 8 Select the level you want using X/x, then press ENTER. Parental Control setting is complete. The lower the value, the stricter the limitation. To turn off the Parental Control function Set “LEVEL” to “OFF” in step 8. To play a disc for which Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc and press H. The display for entering your password appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player starts playback. PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL Enter password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: USA OTHERS PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF OFF STANDARD: 8: 7: 6: 5: NC17 R PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: STANDARD: USA 4: PG13 73 Using Various Additional Functions z Hint If you forget your password, remove the disc and repeat steps 1 to 3 of “Parental Control (limited playback).” When you are asked to enter your password, enter “199703” using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. After you enter a new 4-digit password, replace the disc in the player and press H. When the display for entering your password appears, enter your new password. Notes • When you play discs which do not have the Parental Control function, playback cannot be limited on this player. • Depending on the disc, you may be asked to change the parental control level while playing the disc. In this case, enter your password, then change the level. If the Resume Play mode is canceled, the level returns to the previous level. Area Code Standard Code number Argentina 2044 Australia 2047 Austria 2046 Belgium 2057 Brazil 2070 Canada 2079 Chile 2090 China 2092 Denmark 2115 Finland 2165 France 2174 Germany 2109 India 2248 Indonesia 2238 Italy 2254 Japan 2276 Korea 2304 Malaysia 2363 Mexico 2362 Netherlands 2376 New Zealand 2390 Norway 2379 Pakistan 2427 Philippines 2424 Portugal 2436 Russia 2489 Singapore 2501 Spain 2149 Sweden 2499 Switzerland 2086 Thailand 2528 United Kingdom 2184 ,continued 74 Changing the password 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PASSWORD t,” then press ENTER. The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 5 Enter a new 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 6 To confirm your password, re-enter it using the number buttons, then press ENTER. If you make a mistake entering your password Press C before you press ENTER and input the correct number. Controlling Your TV or AV Amplifier (Receiver) With the Supplied Remote By adjusting the remote signal, you can control your TV with the supplied remote. If you connect the player to an AV amplifier (receiver), you can control the volume with the supplied remote. Notes • Depending on the connected unit, you may not be able to correctly control your TV or AV amplifier (receiver) using some of the buttons below. • If you enter a new code number, the code number previously entered will be erased. • When you replace the batteries of the remote, the code number you have set may be reset to the default setting. Set the appropriate code number again. Controlling TVs with the remote 1 Slide the TV/DVD switch to TV. 2 While holding down [/1, press the number buttons to select the manufacturer’s code for your TV (see the table below). 3 Release [/1. Number buttons TV/DVD switch VOL +/– [/1 TV/VIDEO ENTER www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-18 DVP-NS975V 75 Using Various Additional Functions When the TV/DVD switch is set to TV, the remote performs the following: Code numbers of controllable TVs If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your TV. [/1 Turn the TV on or off VOL (volume) +/– Adjust the volume of the TV Number buttons and ENTER Select the channel of the TV TV/VIDEO Switch the TV’s input source between the TV and other input sources Manufacturer Code number Sony 01 (default) Akai 04 AOC 04 Centurion 12 Coronado 03 Curtis-Mathes 12, 14 Daewoo 04, 22 Daytron 03, 12 Fisher 11 General Electric 04, 06, 10 Gold Star/LG 03, 04, 17 Hitachi 02, 03, 04 J.C.Penney 04, 10, 12 JVC 09 KMC 03 Magnavox 03, 04, 08, 12, 21 Marantz 04, 13 MGA/Mitsubishi 04, 12, 13, 17 NEC 04, 12 Panasonic 06, 19 Philco 02, 03, 04, 08 Philips 08, 21 Pioneer 06, 16 Portland 03 Proscan 10 Quasar 06, 18 Radio Shack 05, 10, 14 RCA 04, 10 Sampo 12 Samsung 03, 04, 12, 20 Sanyo 11, 14 Scott 12 Sears 07, 10, 11 Sharp 03, 05, 18 Sylvania 08, 12 Teknika 03, 08, 14 Toshiba 07, 18 Wards 03, 04, 12 Yorx 12 Zenith 14, 15 Manufacturer Code number ,continued 76 Controlling the volume of your AV amplifier (receiver) with the remote 1 Slide the TV/DVD switch to DVD. 2 Hold down [/1, and enter the manufacturer code (see the table below) for your AV amplifier (receiver) using the number buttons. 3 Release [/1. The VOL +/– buttons control the AV amplifier’s volume. ◆ If you want to control the TV’s volume Slide the TV/DVD switch to TV. Code numbers of controllable AV amplifiers (receivers) If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your AV amplifier (receiver). z Hint If you want to control the TV’s volume even when the TV/DVD switch is set to DVD, repeat the steps above and enter the code number 90 (default). TV/DVD switch "/1 VOL +/– Number buttons Manufacturer Code number Sony 78, 79, 80, 91 Denon 84, 85, 86 Kenwood 92, 93 Onkyo 81, 82, 83 Pioneer 99 Sansui 87 Technics 97, 98 Yamaha 94, 95, 96 77 Settings and Adjustments Settings and Adjustments Using the Setup Display By using the Setup Display, you can make various adjustments to items such as picture and sound. You can also set a language for the subtitles and the Setup Display, among other things. For details on each Setup Display item, see pages from 78 to 84. Note Playback settings stored in the disc take priority over the Setup Display settings and not all of the functions described may work. 1 Press DISPLAY when the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SETUP), then press ENTER. The options for “SETUP” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “CUSTOM,” then press ENTER. The Setup Display appears. 4 Press X/x to select the setup item from the displayed list: “LANGUAGE SETUP,” “SCREEN SETUP,” “CUSTOM SETUP,” “AUDIO SETUP,” or “SPEAKER SETUP.” Then press ENTER. The Setup item is selected. Example: “SCREEN SETUP” 5 Press X/x to select an item, then press ENTER. The options for the selected item appear. Example: “TV TYPE” X/x ENTER DISPLAY STOP ( 47 ) QUICK CUSTOM RESET DVD VIDEO QUICK LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH Selected item Setup items SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: HDMI RESOLUTION: SCREEN SAVER: 16:9 AUTO ON BLACK LEVEL: BACKGROUND: JACKET PICTURE BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT): 4:3 OUTPUT: ON OFF FULL SCREEN SETUP HDMI RESOLUTION: TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 16:9 4:3 PAN SCAN 4:3 LETTER BOX BLACK LEVEL: BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT): 4:3 OUTPUT: ON OFF FULL 16:9 Options ,continued 78 6 Press X/x to select a setting, then press ENTER. The setting is selected and setup is complete. Example: “4:3 PAN SCAN” To enter the Quick Setup mode Select “QUICK” in step 3. Follow from step 5 of the Quick Setup explanation to make basic adjustments (page 30). To reset all of the “SETUP” settings 1 Select “RESET” in step 3 and press ENTER. 2 Select “YES” using X/x. You can also quit the process and return to the Control Menu by selecting “NO” here. 3 Press ENTER. All the settings explained on pages 78 to 87 return to the default settings. Do not press [/1 while resetting the player, which takes a few seconds to complete. Setting the Display or Sound Track Language (LANGUAGE SETUP) “LANGUAGE SETUP” allows you to set various languages for the on-screen display or sound track. Select “LANGUAGE SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 77). ◆ OSD (On-Screen Display) Switches the display language on the screen. ◆ MENU (DVD VIDEO only) You can select the desired language for the disc’s menu. ◆ AUDIO (DVD VIDEO only) Switches the language of the sound track. When you select “ORIGINAL,” the language given priority in the disc is selected. ◆ SUBTITLE (DVD VIDEO only) Switches the language of the subtitle recorded on the DVD VIDEO. When you select “AUDIO FOLLOW,” the language for the subtitles changes according to the language you selected for the sound track. z Hint If you select “OTHERS t” in “MENU,” “SUBTITLE,” or “AUDIO,” select and enter a language code from “Language Code List” on page 95 using the number buttons. Note If you select a language in “MENU,” “SUBTITLE,” or “AUDIO” that is not recorded on a DVD VIDEO, one of the recorded languages will be automatically selected. SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 PAN SCAN ON HDMI RESOLUTION: AUTO JACKET PICTURE BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT): OFF BLACK LEVEL: ON 4:3 OUTPUT: FULL Selected setting LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-19 DVP-NS975V 79 Settings and Adjustments Settings for the Display (SCREEN SETUP) Choose settings according to the TV to be connected. Select “SCREEN SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 77). The default settings are underlined. ◆ TV TYPE Selects the aspect ratio of the connected TV (4:3 standard or wide). Note Depending on the DVD, “4:3 LETTER BOX” may be selected automatically instead of “4:3 PAN SCAN” or vice versa. ◆ HDMI RESOLUTION Selects the type of video signals output from the HDMI OUT jack. When you select AUTO (default), the player outputs video signals of the highest resolution acceptable for your TV. If the picture is not clear, natural or to your satisfaction, try another option that suits the disc and your TV/projector, etc. For details, refer also to the instruction manual supplied with the TV/projector, etc. Note Even when a setting other than “AUTO” is selected and the connected TV cannot accept the resolution, the player automatically adjusts the video signals that are suitable for the TV. ◆ SCREEN SAVER The screen saver image appears when you leave the player in pause or stop mode for 15 minutes, or when you play a Super Audio CD, CD, or DATA CD (MP3 audio) for more than 15 minutes. The screen saver will help prevent your display device from becoming damaged (ghosting). Press H to turn off the screen saver. ◆ BACKGROUND Selects the background color or picture on the TV screen when the player is in stop mode or while playing a Super Audio CD, CD, or DATA CD (MP3 audio). 16:9 Select this when you connect a wide-screen TV or a TV with a wide mode function. 4:3 LETTER BOX Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Displays a wide picture with bands on the upper and lower portions of the screen. 4:3 PAN SCAN Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Automatically displays the wide picture on the entire screen and cuts off the portions that do not fit. SCREEN SETUP HDMI RESOLUTION: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: AUTO TV TYPE: 16:9 ON JACKET PICTURE BLACK LEVEL: ON BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT): OFF 4:3 OUTPUT: FULL 16:9 4:3 LETTER BOX 4:3 PAN SCAN AUTO Normally, select this. 1920�1080i Sends 1920�1080i video signals. 1280�720p Sends 1280�720p video signals. 720�480p Sends 720�480p video signals. 720�480i Sends 720�480i video signals. ON Turns on the screen saver. OFF Turns off the screen saver. ,continued 80 ◆ BLACK LEVEL Selects the black level (setup level) for the video signals output from the jacks other than COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/HDMI OUT. ◆ BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT) Selects the black level (setup level) for the video signals output from the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. You cannot select this when the player outputs progressive signals (page 22). ◆ 4:3 OUTPUT This setting is effective only when you set “TV TYPE” in “SCREEN SETUP” to “16:9.” Adjust to watch 4:3 aspect ratio progressive signals. If you can change the aspect ratio on your progressive format compatible TV, change the setting on your TV, not the player. Note that this setting is effective only for HDMI connection, or progressive signals output from the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. Note This setting is not effective when you use the HDMI OUT jack and set “HDMI RESOLUTION” to “720 × 480i” (page 79). JACKET PICTURE The jacket picture (still picture) appears, but only when the jacket picture is already recorded on the disc (CD- EXTRA, etc.). If the disc does not contain a jacket picture, the “GRAPHICS” picture appears. GRAPHICS A preset picture stored in the player appears. BLUE The background color is blue. BLACK The background color is black. ON Sets the black level of the output signal to the standard level. OFF Lowers the standard black level. Use this when the picture becomes too white. OFF Sets the black level of the output signal to the standard level. Normally select this position. ON Raises the standard black level. Use this setting when the picture appears too dark. FULL Select this when you can change the aspect ratio on your TV. NORMAL Select this when you cannot change the aspect ratio on your TV. Shows a 16:9 aspect ratio signal with black bands on left and right sides of the image. 16:9 aspect ratio TV 81 Settings and Adjustments Custom Settings (CUSTOM SETUP) Use this to set up playback related and other settings. Select “CUSTOM SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 77). The default settings are underlined. ◆ AUTO POWER OFF Switches the Auto Power Off setting on or off. ◆ AUTO PLAY Switches the Auto Play setting on or off. This function is useful when the player is connected to a timer (not supplied). ◆ DISPLAY Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display. ◆ PAUSE MODE (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Selects the picture in pause mode. ◆ PLAYBACK MEMORY The player can store “CUSTOM PICTURE MODE” and other settings of each disc for up to 40 discs (Playback Memory). Set this function “ON” or “OFF.” The following settings are stored in memory. – CUSTOM PICTURE MODE (page 59)* – AV ALIGNEMENT (page 61)* – SHARPNESS (page 60)* * DVD VIDEO/VIDEO CD/Super VCD only Note The player can store the settings of up to 40 discs. When you store the setting of disc number 41, the first disc setting is cancelled. ◆ TRACK SELECTION (DVD VIDEO only) Gives the sound track which contains the highest number of channels priority when you play a DVD VIDEO on which multiple audio formats (PCM, DTS, or Dolby Digital format) are recorded. Notes • When you set the item to “AUTO,” the language may change. The “TRACK SELECTION” setting has higher priority than the “AUDIO” settings in “LANGUAGE SETUP” (page 78). • If PCM, DTS, and Dolby Digital sound tracks have the same number of channels, the player selects PCM, DTS, and Dolby Digital sound tracks in this order. OFF Switches this function off. ON The player enters standby mode when left in stop mode for more than 30 minutes. OFF Switches this function off. ON Automatically starts playback when the player is turned on by a timer (not supplied). BRIGHT Makes the lighting bright. DARK Makes the lighting dark. AUTO DARK Makes the lighting dark if you do not operate the player or remote for a short while. AUTO OFF Turns off the lighting if you do not operate the player or remote for a while. OFF (FL OFF) Turns off the lighting. The FL OFF indicator on the player lights up. CUSTOM SETUP AUTO PLAY: DISPLAY: OFF AUTO POWER OFF: OFF BRIGHT AUTO PAUSE MODE: ON PLAYBACK MEMORY: OFF TRACK SELECTION: ON MULTI-DISC RESUME: AUTO The picture, including subjects that move dynamically, is output with no jitter. Normally select this position. FRAME The picture, including subjects that do not move dynamically, is output in high resolution. ON Stores the settings in memory when you eject the disc. OFF Does not store the settings in memory. OFF No priority given. AUTO Priority given. ,continued 82 ◆ MULTI-DISC RESUME (DVD VIDEO/ VIDEO CD only) Switches the Multi-disc Resume setting on or off. Resume playback can be stored in memory for up to 40 different DVD VIDEOs/ VIDEO CDs (page 36). Settings for the Sound (AUDIO SETUP) “AUDIO SETUP” allows you to set the sound according to the playback and connection conditions. Select “AUDIO SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 77). The default settings are underlined. ◆ AUDIO ATT (attenuation) If the playback sound is distorted, set this item to “ON.” The player reduces the audio output level. This function affects the output of the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks – 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks ◆ AUDIO DRC (Dynamic Range Control) (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Makes the sound clear when the volume is turned down when playing a DVD that conforms to “AUDIO DRC.” This function affects the output from the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks – 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks – DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/ HDMI OUT jack only when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-PCM” (page 84). ON Stores the resume setting in memory for up to 40 discs. OFF Does not store the resume setting in memory. Playback restarts at the resume point only for the current disc in the player. OFF Normally, select this position. ON Select this when the playback sound from the speakers is distorted. STANDARD Normally, select this position. TV MODE Makes low sounds clear even if you turn the volume down. WIDE RANGE Gives you the feeling of being at a live performance. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: OFF STANDARD AUDIO FILTER: SHARP ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND DOLBY DIGITAL: DTS: D-PCM PCM D-PCM 48kHz/96kHz PCM: 48kHz/16bit AUDIO(HDMI): AUTO www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-20 DVP-NS975V 83 Settings and Adjustments ◆ AUDIO FILTER Selects the digital filter to reduce noise above 22.05 kHz (Sampling frequency (Fs) of the audio source is 44.1 kHz), 24 kHz (Fs is 48 kHz), or 48 kHz (Fs is above 96 kHz). Note There may be little effect by changing the digital filter depending on the disc or playback environment. ◆ DOWNMIX (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Switches the method for mixing down to 2 channels when you play a DVD which has rear sound elements (channels) or is recorded in Dolby Digital format. For details on the rear signal components, see “Checking the audio signal format” (page 54). This function affects the output of the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks – DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/ HDMI OUT jack when “DOLBY DIGITAL” and “DTS” is set to “D-PCM” (page 84). ◆ DIGITAL OUT Selects if audio signals are output via the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/ HDMI OUT jack. Note Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from a DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/ HDMI OUT jack. Setting the digital output signal Switches the method of outputting audio signals when you connect a component such as an amplifier (receiver) or MD deck with a digital input jack. For connection details, see page 23. Select “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “DTS,” and “48kHz/96kHz PCM” after setting “DIGITAL OUT” to “ON.” If you connect a component that is incompatible with the selected audio signal, a loud noise (or no sound) may be heard from the speakers, risking damage to your ears or speakers. Notes • The AV alignment function (page 61) is not effective if you use the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack, and set “DOLBY DIGITAL” or “DTS” to “DOLBY DIGITAL” or “DTS” respectively. • The AV alignment function (page 61) is not effective if you connect a Dolby Digital or DTS- compliant device via the HDMI OUT jack, and set “DOLBY DIGITAL” or “DTS” to “DOLBY DIGITAL” or “DTS” respectively. SHARP Provides a wide frequency range and spatial feeling. SLOW Provides smooth and warm sound. DOLBY SUR- ROUND Normally, select this position. Multi-channel audio signals are output to 2 channels for enjoying surround sounds. NORMAL Multi-channel audio signals are downmixed to 2 channels for use with your stereo. ON Normally select this position. When you select “ON,” see “Setting the digital output signal” for further settings. OFF The influence of the digital circuit upon the analog circuit is minimal. If you are using the HDMI OUT jack, PCM sound will be output depending on the connected equipment. If the signal is encrypted for copyright protection purposes, the signal is only output as 48 kHz/16 bit PCM. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: OFF STANDARD AUDIO FILTER: SHARP ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM PCM 48kHz/96kHz PCM: 48kHz/16bit DTS: AUDIO(HDMI): AUTO D-PCM ,continued 84 ◆ DOLBY DIGITAL (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal. Note If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with DOLBY DIGITAL signals, the “D-PCM” signals will be automatically output even when you select “DOLBY DIGITAL.” ◆ DTS Selects the type of DTS audio signals. Note If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with DTS signals, the “D-PCM” signals will be automatically output even when you select “DTS.” ◆ 48kHz/96kHz PCM (DVD VIDEO only) Selects the sampling frequency of the audio signal. Notes • The analogue audio signals from the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks and 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks are not affected by this setting and keep their original sampling frequency level. • If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with 96 kHz/24 bit signals, 48 kHz/16 bit PCM will be automatically output even when you select “96kHz/24bit.” ◆ AUDIO (HDMI) Selects the type of audio signal output from the HDMI OUT jack. Note A loud noise (or no sound) will be output if you connect the player to a TV that is not compatible with DOLBY DIGITAL/DTS signals and “AUTO” is selected. In this case, select “PCM.” D-PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component without a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. You can select whether the signals conform to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) or not by making adjustments to the “DOWNMIX” item in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 83). DOLBY DIGITAL Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. D-PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component without a built-in DTS decoder. DTS Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in DTS decoder. 48kHz/16bit The audio signals of DVD VIDEOs are always converted to 48 kHz/16 bit. 96kHz/24bit All types of signals including 96 kHz/24 bit are output in their original format. However, if the signal is encrypted for copyright protection purposes, the signal is only output as 48 kHz/16 bit. AUTO Normally, select this. Outputs audio signals according to the “DIGITAL OUT” settings (page 83). PCM Converts Dolby Digital, DTS, or 96 kHz/24 bit PCM signals to 48 kHz/16 bit PCM. 85 Settings and Adjustments Settings for the Speakers (SPEAKER SETUP) To obtain the best possible surround sound, set the size of the speakers you have connected and their distance from your listening position. Then use the test tone to adjust the volume of the speakers to the same level. This setting is effective when connecting the speaker with 5.1 CH OUTPUT jacks (page 28). You can create two different Speaker Setup settings, one for Super Audio CDs and one for all other types of discs. 1 Follow steps 1 through 4 of “Using the Setup Display” (page 77) to select “SPEAKER SETUP” in the Setup display. 2 Select “DVD” or “SUPER AUDIO CD” using X/x, then press ENTER. Example: “DVD” 3 Set the following items in the order that they are explained below. The default settings are underlined. To return to the default setting Select the item, then press CLEAR. Note that only the “SIZE” setting does not return to the default setting. ◆ SIZE Selects the size of the speakers. • FRONT • CENTER • REAR * Rear speaker position Correctly specify the location of the rear speakers to enjoy the surround effect. • Set to “SIDE,” if the location of the rear speakers corresponds to section A below. • Set to “REAR,” if the location of the rear speakers corresponds to section B below. This setting affects only “VIRTUAL REAR SHIFT,” “VIRTUAL MULTI REAR,” and “VIRTUAL MULTI DIMENSION” mode (page 56). This setting does not affect the Super Audio CD Multi audio signals. SPEAKER SETUP SUPER AUDIO CD: DVD: SPEAKER SETUP(DVD) DISTANCE: LEVEL(FRONT): LEVEL(REAR): OFF TEST TONE: FRONT: CENTER: YES LARGE(REAR) LARGE LARGE REAR: SUBWOOFER: T t th ENTER SIZE: LARGE Normally select this position. SMALL Select this when the speaker cannot reproduce adequate bass frequencies. LARGE Normally select this position. SMALL Select this when the speaker cannot reproduce adequate bass frequencies. NONE Select this if you do not connect a center speaker. LARGE (REAR/SIDE): Normally select this position. Select according to the rear speaker position*. SMALL (REAR/SIDE): Select this when the sound distorts or the surround effects are difficult to hear. Select according to the rear speaker position*. NONE Select this if you do not connect rear speakers. ,continued 86 • SUBWOOFER Notes • The cut off frequency for the subwoofer is fixed at 120 Hz. • If your speakers are too small to reproduce low bass frequencies, utilize a subwoofer for low frequency sound. When you set the speaker settings to “SMALL,” the bass redirection circuitry will be activated and the bass frequencies for the speakers are output from the subwoofer. • Even if there are fewer than 6 speakers connected, the player distributes the audio signal components to the front speakers. ◆ DISTANCE Sets the distance from your listening position to the speakers. Set the distance to your front speakers in “FRONT” first (A). Then adjust the values in “CENTER” (center speaker B), and “REAR” (rear speaker C) , and “SUBWOOFER” (D) to reflect the actual distance to your center speaker, rear speakers, and subwoofer. Be sure to change the value in the Setup Display each time you move the speakers. Start from the front speaker. The default adjustments are in parentheses. Note If each of the front or rear speakers are not placed at an equal distance from your listening position, set the distance according to the closest speaker. YES Select this if you connect a subwoofer to output the LFE (Low Frequency Effect) signals from the subwoofer. NONE Select this if you do not connect a subwoofer. 90 20 45 FRONT (10 ft/3m) Set this between 4 and 50 ft (1.2m and 15.2m) in 1 ft (0.3m) increments. CENTER (10 ft/ 3m) Set this within –5 and +2 ft (–1.5m and +0.6m) of the “FRONT” setting in 1 ft (0.3m) increments. For example, if “FRONT” is set to 17 ft (5.1m), “CENTER” can be set between 12 and 19 ft (3.6m and 5.7m). REAR (10 ft/ 3m) Set this within –16 and +2 ft (–4.8m and +0.6m) of the “FRONT” setting in 1 ft (0.3m) increments. For example, if “FRONT” is set to 17 ft (5.1m), “REAR” can be set between 1 and 19 ft (0.3m and 5.7m). SUBWOOFER (10 ft/3m) Set this within –5 and +2 ft (–1.5m and 0.6m) of the “FRONT” setting in 1 ft (0.3m) increments. For example, if “FRONT” is set to 17 ft (5.1m), “SUBWOOFER” can be set between 12 and 19 ft (3.6m and 5.7m). B D A A C C (4~50 ft/ 1.2~ 15.2m) (4~50 ft/ 1.2~ 15.2m) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-21 DVP-NS975V 87 Settings and Adjustments ◆ LEVEL (FRONT) Varies the level of the front speakers. Be sure to set “TEST TONE” to “ON” for easy adjustment. The default adjustments are in parentheses. ◆ LEVEL (REAR) Varies the level of the rear speakers. Be sure to set “TEST TONE” to “ON” for easy adjustment. The default adjustments are in parentheses. To adjust the volume of all the speakers at one time Use the amplifier’s (receiver’s) volume control. ◆ TEST TONE The speakers will emit a test tone. Use this when you use the 5.1CH OUTPUT jacks and adjust “LEVEL (FRONT)” and “LEVEL (REAR).” Adjusting the speaker volume and level 1 Select “SPEAKER SETUP” in the Setup Display. 2 Select “TEST TONE” and set to “ON.” You will hear the test tone from each speaker in sequence. 3 From your listening position, select “LEVEL (FRONT)” or “LEVEL (REAR)” and adjust the value using X/x. The test tone is emitted from both left and right speakers simultaneously. 4 Select “TEST TONE” and set to “OFF” to turn off the test tone. Note The test tone signals are not output from the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT jack. L (0 dB) Set this between –6 dB and 0 dB in 0.5 dB increments. R (0 dB) Set this between –6 dB and 0 dB in 0.5 dB increments. CENTER (0 dB) Set this between –12 dB and 0 dB in 0.5 dB increments. SUBWOOFER (DVD: –5 dB/ Super Audio CD: 0 dB) Set this between –15 dB and +5 dB in 0.5 dB increments. L (0 dB) Set this between –12 dB and 0 dB in 0.5 dB increments. R (0 dB) Set this between –12 dB and 0 dB in 0.5 dB increments. OFF The test tone is not emitted from the speakers. ON The test tone is emitted from each speaker in sequence while adjusting level. 88 Additional Information Troubleshooting If you experience any of the following difficulties while using the player, use this troubleshooting guide to help remedy the problem before requesting repairs. Should any problem persist, consult your nearest Sony dealer. (For customers in the U.S.A. only). Power The power is not turned on. , Check that the power cord is connected securely. Picture There is no picture/picture noise appears. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cords are damaged. , Check the connection to your TV (page 19) and switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. , The disc is dirty or flawed. , If the picture output from your player goes through your VCR to get to your TV or if you are connected to a combination TV/ VIDEO player, the copy-protection signal applied to some DVD programs could affect picture quality. If you still experience problems even when you connect your player directly to your TV, try connecting your player to your TV’s S VIDEO input (page 19). , You have selected “PROGRESSIVE (AUTO)” or “PROGRESSIVE (VIDEO)” using the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel (the PROGRESSIVE indicator lights up) even though your TV cannot accept the progressive signal. In this case, select “NORMAL (INTERLACE)” so that the PROGRESSIVE indicator turns off. , Even if your TV is compatible with progressive format signals, the image may be affected when you set the player to progressive format. In this case, select “NORMAL (INTERLACE)” using the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel so that the PROGRESSIVE indicator turns off and the player is set to normal (interlace) format. , The VIDEO OFF function takes effect. , The player is connected to an input device that is not HDCP compliant (the HDMI indicator on the front panel does not light up). See page 20. , If the HDMI OUT jack is used for video output, changing the “HDMI RESOLUTION” setting in “SCREEN SETUP” may solve the problem (page 79). Connect the TV and the player using a video jack other than the HDMI OUT, and switch the TV’s input to the connected video input so that you can see the on-screen displays. Change the “HDMI RESOLUTION” setting in “SCREEN SETUP,” and switch the TV’s input back to HDMI. If the picture still does not appear, repeat the steps and try other options. The picture does not fill the screen, even though the aspect ratio is set in “TV TYPE” under “SCREEN SETUP.” , The aspect ratio of the disc is fixed on your DVD. Sound There is no sound. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cord is damaged. , The player is connected to the wrong input jack on the amplifier (receiver) (page 26, 27, 28). , The amplifier (receiver) input is not correctly set. , The player is in pause mode or in Slow- motion Play mode. , The player is in fast forward or fast reverse mode. , If the audio signal does not come through the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/HDMI OUT jack, check the audio settings (page 83). , Super Audio CD audio signals are not output from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/HDMI OUT jack. 89 Additional Information , While playing a Super VCD on which the audio track 2 is not recorded, no sound will come out when you select “2:STEREO,” “2:1/L,” or “2:2/R.” , The equipment connected to the HDMI OUT jack does not conform to the audio signal format, in this case set “AUDIO(HDMI)” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “PCM” (page 84). No sound is output from the HDMI OUT jack , The HDMI OUT jack is connected to a DVI device (DVI jacks do not accept audio signals). , The HDMI OUT jack does not output Super Audio CD sound. Sound distortion occurs. , Set “AUDIO ATT” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “ON” (page 82). The sound volume is low. , The sound volume is low on some DVDs. The sound volume may improve if you set “AUDIO DRC” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “TV MODE” (page 82). , Set “AUDIO ATT” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “OFF” (page 82). The surround effect is difficult to hear when you are playing a Dolby Digital, or DTS sound track. , Check the speaker connections and setting (page 28, 30, 83). , The 5.1 channel sound is not recorded on the disc being played. The sound comes from the center speaker only. , Depending on the disc, the sound may come from the center speaker only. , Set the surround mode setting to “OFF” (page 54). Operation The remote does not function. , The batteries in the remote are weak. , There are obstacles between the remote and the player. , The distance between the remote and the player is too far. , The remote is not pointed at the remote sensor on the player. The disc does not play. , The disc is turned over. Insert the disc with the playback side facing down. , The disc is skewed. , The player cannot play certain discs (page 9). , The region code on the DVD does not match the player. , Moisture has condensed inside the player (page 5). , The player cannot play a recorded disc that is not correctly finalized (page 9). The MP3 audio track cannot be played (page 63). , The DATA CD is not recorded in an MP3 format that conforms to ISO 9660 Level 1/ Level 2 or Joliet. , The MP3 audio track does not have the extension “.MP3.” , The data is not formatted in MP3 even though it has the extension “.MP3.” , The data is not MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 data. , The player cannot play audio tracks in MP3PRO format. , “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “IMAGE (JPEG)” (page 67). The JPEG image file cannot be played (page 63). , The DATA CD is not recorded in a JPEG format that conforms to ISO 9660 Level 1/ Level 2, or Joliet. , The file has an extension other than “.JPEG” or “.JPG.” , The image is larger than 3072 (width) � 2048 (height) in normal mode, or more than 3,300,000 pixels in progressive JPEG. (Some progressive JPEG files cannot be displayed even if the file size is within this specified capacity.) , The image does not fit the screen (the image is reduced). , “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUDIO (MP3)” (page 67). The MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files start playing simultaneously. , “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUTO.” (page 67). ,continued 90 The album/track/file names are not displayed correctly. , The player can only display numbers and alphabet. Other characters are displayed as “*”. The disc does not start playing from the beginning. , Program Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, or A-B Repeat Play is selected (page 41). , Resume play has taken effect (page 36). The player starts playing the disc automatically. , The disc features an auto playback function. , “AUTO PLAY” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “ON” (page 81). Playback stops automatically. , While playing discs with an auto pause signal, the player stops playback at the auto pause signal. Some functions such as Stop, Search, Slow-motion Play, Repeat Play, Shuffle Play, or Program Play cannot be performed. , Depending on the disc, you may not be able to do some of the operations above. Refer to the operating manual that comes with the disc. The language for the sound track cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 37). , Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of the language for the sound track. The subtitle language cannot be changed or turned off. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 37). , Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of subtitles. The angles cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 37). , Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The angle can only be changed when the “ ” indicator lights up on the front panel display (page 12). , The DVD prohibits changing of the angles. The player does not operate properly. , When static electricity, etc., causes the player to operate abnormally, unplug the player. Nothing is displayed in the front panel display. , “DISPLAY” in “CUSTUM SETUP” is set to “OFF” or “AUTO OFF.” Set “DISPLAY” to any setting other than “OFF” or “AUTO OFF” (page 81) 5 numbers or letters are displayed on the screen and on the front panel display. , The self-diagnosis function was activated. (See the table on page 91.) The disc tray does not open and “LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Child Lock is set (page 35). The disc tray does not open and “TRAY LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility. “Data error” appears on the TV screen when playing a DATA CD. , The MP3 audio track/JPEG image file you want to play is broken. , The data is not MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 data. , The JPEG image file format does not conform to DCF (page 62). , The JPEG image file has the extension “.JPG” or “.JPEG,” but is not in JPEG format. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-22 DVP-NS975V 91 Additional Information Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/numbers appear in the display) When the self-diagnosis function is activated to prevent the player from malfunctioning, a five-character service number (e.g., C 13 50) with a combination of a letter and four digits appears on the screen and the front panel display. In this case, check the following table. Glossary Album (page 62, 64) A unit in which to store JPEG image files or MP3 audio tracks on a DATA CD. (“Album” is an exclusive definition for this player.) Chapter (page 12) Sections of a picture or a music feature that are smaller than titles. A title is composed of several chapters. Depending on the disc, no chapters may be recorded. Dolby Digital (page 23, 84) Digital audio compression technology developed by Dolby Laboratories. This technology conforms to multi-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. Dolby Digital provides the same discrete channels of high quality digital audio found in “Dolby Digital” theater surround sound systems. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data is recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 23) Audio signal processing technology that Dolby Laboratories developed for surround sound. When the input signal contains a surround component, the Pro Logic process outputs the front, center and rear signals. The rear channel is monaural. DTS (page 23, 84) Digital audio compression technology that Digital Theater Systems, Inc. developed. This technology conforms to multi-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. DTS provides the same discrete channels of high quality digital audio. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data is recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. First three characters of the service number Cause and/or corrective action C 13 The disc is dirty or recorded in a format that this player cannot play (page 9). ,Clean the disc with a soft cloth or check its format (page 10). C 31 The disc is not inserted correctly. ,Re-insert the disc correctly. E XX (xx is a number) To prevent a malfunction, the player has performed the self-diagnosis function. ,Contact your nearest Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility and give the 5- character service number. Example: E 61 10 C:13:50 ,continued 1-22E 92 DVD VIDEO (page 8) A disc that contains up to 8 hours of moving pictures even though its diameter is the same as a CD. The data capacity of a single-layer and single- sided DVD is 4.7 GB (Giga Byte), which is 7 times that of a CD. The data capacity of a double-layer and single-sided DVD is 8.5 GB, a single-layer and double-sided DVD is 9.4 GB, and double-layer and double-sided DVD is 17 GB. The picture data uses the MPEG 2 format, a worldwide standard of digital compression technology. The picture data is compressed to about 1/40 (average) of its original size. The DVD also uses a variable rate coding technology that changes the data to be allocated according to the status of the picture. Audio information is recorded in a multi-channel format, such as Dolby Digital, allowing you to enjoy a more realistic audio presence. Furthermore, various advanced functions such as the multi-angle, multilingual, and Parental Control functions are provided with the DVD. DVD-RW (page 8) A DVD-RW is a recordable and rewritable disc that is the same size as a DVD VIDEO. The DVD-RW has two different modes: VR mode and Video mode. DVD-RWs created in Video mode have the same format as a DVD VIDEO, while discs created in VR (Video Recording) mode allow the contents to be programmed or edited. DVD+RW (page 8) A DVD+RW (plus RW) is a recordable and rewritable disc. DVD+RWs use a recording format that is comparable to the DVD VIDEO format. File (page 62, 65) A JPEG image recorded on a DATA CD (“File” is an exclusive definition for this player.) A single file consist of a single image. Film based software, Video based software (page 22) DVDs can be classified as Film based or Video based software. Film based DVDs contain the same images (24 frames per second) that are shown at movie theaters. Video based DVDs, such as television dramas or sit-coms, displays images at 30 frames/60 fields (24 frames/50 fields) per second. HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) HDMI is an interface that supports both video and audio on a single digital connection. The HDMI connection carries standard to high definition video signals and multi-channel audio signals to AV components such as HDMI equipped TVs, in digital form without degradation. Since the video signals are compatible with the current DVI (Digital Visual Interface) format, HDMI jacks can be connected to DVI jacks by way of an HDMI-DVI converter cord. The HDMI specification supports HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Contents Protection), a copy protection technology that incorporates coding technology for digital video signals. Normal (Interlace) format (page 22) Normal (Interlace) format shows every other line of an image as a single “field” and is the standard method for displaying images on television. The even number field shows the even numbered lines of an image, and the odd numbered field shows the odd numbered lines of an image. Progressive format (page 22) Compared to the Interlace format that alternately shows every other line of an image (field) to create one frame, the Progressive format shows the entire image at once as a single frame. This means that while the Interlace format can show 25 or 30 frames (50-60 fields) in one second, the Progressive format can show 50-60 frames in one second. The overall picture quality increases and still images, text, and horizontal lines appear sharper. This player is compatible with the 480 (525) progressive format. 93 Additional Information Progressive JPEG Progressive JPEGs are used mostly on the internet. They are different from other JPEGs in that they “fade in” gradually instead of being drawn from top to bottom when displayed on a browser. This lets you view the image while it is being downloaded. Scene (page 12) On a VIDEO CD with PBC (playback control) functions, the menu screens, moving pictures and still pictures are divided into sections called “scenes.” Super Audio CD (page 8) A Super Audio CD disc can reproduce sounds that are extremely faithful to the original sound by use of DSD (Direct Stream Digital) technology. This technology utilizes a sampling frequency of 2.8224 MHz, which is 64 times that of a conventional CD, and 1-bit quantization that enables the disc to hold 4 times the amount of information that a standard PCM format CD can hold. Super Audio CDs are divided into the following types. • Super Audio CD (single layer disc) This disc consists of a single HD layer*. *High density signal layer for the Super Audio CD • Super Audio CD (dual layer disc) This disc consists of dual HD layers and is capable of extended play over long periods. Also, as the dual layer disc consists of dual HD layers on one side only, you do not have to turn the disc over during playback. • Super Audio CD + CD (Hybrid disc) This disc consists of an HD layer and a CD layer. Also, as the dual layers are on one side only, you do not have to turn the disc over during playback. You can play the CD layer using a conventional CD player. • 2 channel + Multi-channel Super Audio CD This disc consists of the 2 channel playback area and the multi-channel playback area. Title (page 15) The longest section of a picture or music feature on a DVD, movie, etc., in video software, or the entire album in audio software. Track (page 15) Sections of a picture or a music feature on a VIDEO CD, CD or DATA CD (the length of a song). (“Track” in DATA CD is an exclusive definition for this player.) Video Index (VIDEO CD) (page 15) A number that divides a track into sections to easily locate the point you want on a VIDEO CD. Depending on the disc, no index may be recorded. HD (high density) layer HD layer HD layer CD layer HD layer 2 channel playback area Multi-channel playback area 94 Specifications System Laser: Semiconductor laser Signal format system: NTSC Audio characteristics Frequency response: DVD VIDEO (PCM 96 kHz): 2 Hz to 44 kHz (44 kHz: –2 dB ±1 dB)/Super Audio CD: 2 Hz to 100 kHz (50 kHz: –3 dB ±1 dB)/CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz (±0.5 dB) Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio): 115 dB (LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks only) Harmonic distortion: 0.003 % Dynamic range: DVD VIDEO/Super Audio CD: 103 dB/CD: 99 dB Wow and flutter: Less than detected value (±0.001% W PEAK) Inputs and outputs (Jack name: Jack type/Input or output level/ Input or load impedance) LINE OUT (AUDIO) 1/2: Phono jack/ 2 Vrms/10 kilohms DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical output jack/–18 dBm (wave length 660 nm) HDMI OUT: TypeA (19 pin) DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT(Y, PB/CB, PR/ CR): Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p/PB/CB, PR/CR: interlace*1 = 0.648 Vp-p, progressive or interlace*2 = 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms *1 BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT) is ON *2 BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT) is OFF LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2: Phono jack/ 1.0 Vp-p/75 ohms S VIDEO OUT 1/2: 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.286 Vp-p/75 ohms 5.1CH OUTPUT: Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms CONTROL S IN(U.S./Canadian models only): Mini jack General Power requirements: U.S./Canadian models: 120 V AC, 60 Hz Models for other areas: 110 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz See page 5 for further information. Power consumption: 14 W Dimensions (approx.): 430 � 55.5 � 237 mm (17 � 2 1/4 � 9 3/8 in.) (width/height/depth) incl. projecting parts Mass (approx.): 2.3 kg (5 5/64 lb) Operating temperature: 5 �C to 35 �C (41 �F to 95 �F) Operating humidity: 25 % to 80 % Supplied accessories See page 18. Specifications and design are subject to change without notice. ENERGY STARR is a U.S. registered mark. As an ENERGY STARR Partner, Sony Corporation has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STARR guidelines for energy efficiency. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-1 DVP-NS975V Note: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given. 2-1. UPPER CASE SECTION 2 DISASSEMBLY 2-2. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY 5 1 Screw, Tapping 2 Screw, Tapping 6 Tray cover 3 Three screws (Screw +BV3 (3-CR)) 4 Chassis back 1 Claw 2 Two claws 3 Two claws 1 Claw a b c b a c 4 Front panel assembly www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-2 DVP-NS975V 2-3. LOADING ASSEMBLY 1 Three screws SUMITITE (B3), +BV 2 Loading assembly 3 FMO-013 flexible board (CN101, 24P) 5 FMS-002 flexible cable (CN202, 5P) 4 MD-105 harness (CN201, 6P) a a www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-3 DVP-NS975V 2-4. OPTICAL DEVICE (KHM-310AAA) 4 MD-105 flexible board (CN201, 6P) 1 Four insulator screws 2 Four insulator 2 Four insulator 5 Optical device (KHM-310BAA) 3 FMO-013 flexible board (CN101, 24P) Caution Point on the Laser Diode: Laser Diode in the optical Device is very sensitive to Surge Current or ElectroStatic Discharge (ESD): After take-out FMO-013 Flexible cable from CN101 of MB-118 board immediately ground FMO-013 Flexible cable pattern using short clip. Metal paper clip can be used as short clip. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-4 DVP-NS975V 2-5. DC MOTOR and MS-203 BOARD 6 FIP-002 flexible cable (CN201, 7P) 4 Pulley motor 5 DC motor (M001) 3 Tray 2 8 Belt 1 Two claws 7 MS-203 board 2-6. AV-086, IF-115 and PL-035 BOARDS 7 FIP-002 flexible cable (CN403, 7P) 5 FIM-006 flexible cable (CN402, 13P) 6 IM-072 harness (CN401, 7P) IF-115 board PL-035 board 3 FMA-013 flexible cable (CN201, 17P) 2 FMA-012 flexible cable (CN301, 25P) 4 AM-144 harness (CN302, 7P) AV-086 board 1 Six screws (SUMITITE (B3), +BV) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-5 DVP-NS975V 2-7. MB-118 BOARD a a d e f d e f qg IM-072 harness (CN402, 7P) 9 MD-105 harness (CN201, 6P) qa FMA-012 flexible cable (CN301, 25P) 0 FMO-013 flexible cable (CN101, 24P) qs FMA-013 flexible cable (CN201, 17P) qh FIM-006 flexible cable (CN106, 13P) 8 FMS-002 flexible cable (CN202, 5P) qf PM-117 harness (CN401, 10P) qd AM-144 harness (CN403, 7P) MB-118 board 2-8. SWITCHING REGULATOR 2 PM-117 harness (CN201, 10P) 1 Two screws SUMITITE (B3), +BV 3 Power board www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-6 DVP-NS975V 2-9. INTERNAL VIEWS MS-203 MOUNT Optical Device (KHM-310AAA) TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-7 DVP-NS975V 2-10. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION Power board PL-035 board (POWER SWITCH) IF-115 board (INTERFACE) AV-086 board (VIDEO, AUDIO) MB-118 board (SYSTEM, SERVO, 8ch DAC, PS-TROUGH, PROGE, HDMI) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-8 DVP-NS975V 2-8E MEMO www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V SECTION 3 BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-1 3-2 IC201 FOCUS TRACKING COIL DRIVE, SPINDLE/SLED /LOADING MOTOR DRIVE IC102 SYSTEM CONTROL AV DECODER SERVO DSP RF AMP IC103 EEPROM IC503 IP CONVERTER IC502 SDRAM IC507 SCALER 480P/720P 480i:8bit:27MHz 480P:20bit:27MHz 480i/1080i IC601 8bit CPU IC301 8ch AUDIO D/A CONVERTER IC506 VIDEO D/A CONVERTER IC602 HDMI TRANSMIT CN601 HDMI OUT IC201/202/203 AUDIO AMP J101 2ch AUDIO OUT J201 5.1ch AUDIO OUT IC301 DIGITAL OUT J301 COAXIAL OUT J101 COMPOSITE OUT J102 S-VIDEO OUT J103 COMPONENT OUT J104 Control-S IN (UC2 Model Only) IC103 VIDEO AMP IC303 AUDIO AMP MB118 BOARD IC104 SDRAM IC101 Flash ROM SPDIF SIO I2C DDC I2C I2C INLIMIT SENSOR FOCUS COIL TRACKING COIL SPINDLE VIDEO OFF SW-10V SW+5V EVER+11V MUTE+5V AV086 BOARD SLED LOADING SECONDARY TRANS FORMER PRIMARY PL & POWER SW PS401 EVER-10V SW+8V SW+5V SW+3.3V SW+5V EVER+11V EVER+5V P-CONT SW+3.3V SW+8V PS402 ND401 DISPLAY IC408 RESET IC401 REG EVER+3.3V KEY FUNCTION Notes: MB118 mounted PWB must be replaced if IC103(EEPROM) is damaged or not functioning. The old MB118 mounted PWB must be completely destroyed before disposal, as required by CPRM-key regulation. TRAY DETECT M M M BASE UNIT SWITCHING REGULATOR PL035 BOARD IF115 BOARD IC404 IF MICON w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-3 3-4 3-2. POWER (1) BLOCK DIAGRAM 1 7 IN OUT D403 Q403, 404 PS402 CN401 SW+5V FL401 FILTER FL402 PS401 Q401, 402 FILTER FL403 FILTER SW+3.5V SW+8V AC IN CN101 F101 1 2 L101 LINE FILTER L102 LINE FILTER D101-104 IC101 SWITCHING CONTROL D107 L301 D301 L502 P502 VR501 Q501 P401 Q401 L401 D501 D401 L201 D201 PC101 PHOTO COUPLER T101 IC501 SHUNT REG D601 L601 Q301 IC502 SHUNT REG 3 EVER+11V SW+8V EVER+5V EVER-10V SW+5V SW+3.5V POWER CONTROL CN402 CN401 SW+5V SW+3.5V 6 5 1 4 10 8 5 6 16 7 3 8 5 6 10 7 1 3 4 5 6 1 5 3 CN106 CN402 4 2 7 3 12 2 3 11 5 12 26 30 VOFF IC404 IF CON PCONT VKK D406-D409 Q403,404 T401 DC/DC CONVERTER IC408 D401 PROGRESSIVE D403 FL OFF D404 VIDEO OFF RESET REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER IC406 F1 F2 *N401 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE PONCHK GN201 EVER+3.3V SW+3.5V SW+5V SW-10V V-OFF P-CONT P-CONT 3.3V_MNT CN302 V-OFF SW-10V MUTE+5V SW+5V EVER+11V CN403 3.3V REG IC401 MB-118 BOARD (3/6) (SEE PAGE 4-11 to 4-12) POWER BLOCK (SRV1579WW) (SEE PAGE 4-37 to 4-38) IF-115 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-21 to 4-22) 7 1 CN201 CN403 D203 MULTI CHANNEL D202 HDMI D201 SACD PL-035 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-25 to 4-26) POWER (3) (SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8) POWER (3) (SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-5 3-6 3-3. POWER (2) BLOCK DIAGRAM 1.8V REG 2.5V REG 2.5V REG 3.3V REG 1.8V REG 3.3V REG 5V REG 2.5V REG IC106 IC201 8CH D/A CONVERTER SW+5V CN301 22 A+5V SW+3.5V SW+8V IC201 MOTOR DRIVER FL101 FILTER 11 CN101 18 CN601 VCC OPTICAL DEVICE HDMI OUT IN LIMIT SENSOR LIMIT CN201 4 IC104 64M SDRAM IC108 RESET IC IC608 BUFFER IC601 Sub CPU IC602 HDMI FL108 FILTER IC101 32M Flash IC503 IC501 IP CONVERTER IC506 VIDEO DECODER IC509 16M SDRAM IC507 SCALER IC103 EEPROM FL104 IC102 SYSTEM CONTROL AV DECODER SERVO DSP RF AMP FILTER IC105 3.3V REG IN OUT 1 3 IN OUT 5 4 IC508 IN OUT 5 4 IC606 IN OUT 5 4 IC604 IN OUT 6 4 IC602 IN OUT 5 4 IC605 IN OUT 6 4 IC505 IN OUT 7 1 IN OUT 5 4 IN OUT 5 4 FL106 FILTER FILTER IC107 3.3V REG FL107 RF1.8V RF3.3V POWER (3) (SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8) MB-118 BOARD (1/6-6/6) (SEE PAGE 4-7 to 4-18) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-7 3-8 3-4. POWER (3) BLOCK DIAGRAM POWER (1) (SEE PAGE 3-3 to 3-4) POWER (1) (SEE PAGE 3-3 to 3-4) POWER (2) (SEE PAGE 3-5 to 3-6) 7 L301 Q312 Q310 D302 Q104 IC101 L101 Q103 IN 2 3 OUT -5V REG 6 2 5 3 MUTE+5V EVER+11V SW-10V SW+5V V-OFF CN302 CN201 IC103 IC302 IC303 AUDIO AMP IC201 5 CH FRONT AUDIO AMP IC202 5 CH REAR AUDIO AMP IC203 MUTE V MUTE V 5 CH CENTERWOOFER AUDIO AMP +5V REG 1 4 3 IC301 OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT VIDEO AMP VIN VOUT A+5V AV-086 BOARD (1/3-3/3) (SEE PAGE 4-29 to 4-34) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-5. SYSTEM CONTROL/SIGNAL PROCESSOR BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-9 3-10 145 146,147,149~151,158~160 IC101 IC102 (1/2) CXD9804R MICROPROCESSOR AVDECODER SERVO DSP 32M ROM IC104 64M SDRAM RAO~RA11 53~61,67~72,74~76,78,89,92,93 AO~A20 115,117,118,120,121,123~126,128~133,135 RDO-RD15 81~84,86~88,91 HDO – HD7 DQM1 DQMO BA1 SCL SDA 113 137 143 BA0 140 RAS 139 CAS 138 RWE 142 RCS 156 RCLK 157 CKE 101 110 100 99 98 105 IFSCK IFSDO IFBSY 66 77 79 IOWR IOCS IOOE IFSDI PRST XIFCS ACLK SPDIF ASDATAO XRST MAMUTE ASDATA1 51 218 220 225 217 215 SPDIF ASDATAO ACLK ABCK ALRCK 214 213 ABCK ALRCK MAMUTE ASDATA1 ASDATA2 C V MUTE Y V Y/G CB/B CR/R WIDE 219 196 194 198 200 202 203 171 ASDATA2 ASDATA3 222 ASDATA3 C Y CVBS Y/G CB/B CR/R WIDE 229 228 XTALI XTALO XRST 102 103 6 5 IC103 EEPROM SCL SDA SCL SDA AUDIO (1) (SEE PAGE 3-17 to 3-18) IC 108 RESET IC CN 106 CN 403 1 MB-118 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-7 to 4-8) TO MB-118 AUDIO (1) (SEE PAGE 3-17 to 3-18) TO MB-118 TO PROGE (SEE PAGE 3-11 to 3-12) IFBSY IFSCK IFSDO XIFCS IFSDI XSYSRST V MUTE A MUTE TO IF 115 INTERFACE (SEE PAGE 3-23 to 3-24) A_MUTE TO AV-086 AUDIO (2) (SEE PAGE 3-19 to 3-20) 9 5 7 4 6 2 10 11 2 27MHz 3.3Vp-p IC102 12 228 IC102 16 156 3.3Vp-p 110MHz w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-11 3-12 3-6. PROGRE BLOCK DIAGRAM SCL SDA 136 135 NVS1 16 NHS1 15 SRN 137 PLL_EN SCL1 SDA1 VSYN HSYN XIPRST 4 80~83,86~89,94~97 IPAO - IPA11 110~113,116~119,122~125,129~132 DQ15~DQ0 102 XWE MCLK XCAS 103 104 101 DQM 100 XRAS IC506 rf C/BAR PB 8 IC506 el C/BAR PB 9 IC506 ek C/BAR PB 10 IC506 ej 11 IC506 rd C/BAR PB 7 IC506 rs C/BAR PB 6 0.7Vp-p 63.5usec 0.7Vp-p 63.5usec 1Vp-p 63.5usec 0.7Vp-p 63.5us 1Vp-p 63.5usec 1Vp-p 63.5usec 43 44 42 38 39 37 DAC E DAC D DAC F WIDE V MUTE DAC B DAC A DAC C 22 33 32 63 50 49 21 SCLK RESET B SDA SCL XADRST SDA CLKIN_2 S_HSYNC S_VSYNC CLKIN SCL 1 SCALDE SCALH SCALV SCALCLK QDE QH QV QCLK SDA 1 CN 301 WIDE V MUTE CR/R CB/B Y/G C Y V 16 6 5 7 9 13 11 15 2~9,12,13 14~16,17,18,26~30 51~55,58~62 21 20 40 44 45 49 50 117 NHSO NVSO CLKO DH DV DCLK SCL SAD 99 98 97 96 64,65,74,75,77~80,82,83 68,69,86~90,93~95 62,63.66.67 SCALY0 - SCLY9 SCALC0 - SCLC9 SCAL B2,B3,B6,B7 20,22~30 7~9,12~15,17~19 32~39,42,43 56~60,63~67 41~45,48~52 22~25,28~33 PY0 - PY9 PC0 - PC9 7~14 IC506 ADV7300AKST 6ch Video DAC IC507 CXD9836R Scaler IC503 CXD9837R I/P Converter YUVO - YUV7 PO0 - PO9 IC509 16M SDRAM MB-118 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-15 to 4-16) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-7 HDMI BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-13 3-14 30 29 32 35 33 36 TX1- TX0+ TX1+ TX2- TX2+ CN601 TXC+ TXC- HPO SPDIF SCALCLK SCALDE SCALH SCALV IDCK DE HSYNC VSYNC ACLK ASDATA2 ASDATA1 ASDATA0 ASDATA4 ALRCK ABCK SDA1 SCL1 XSCRST XIPRST XSMCS XSMRST SMSDO SMSDI SMSCK SDA1 SCL1 XSCRST XIPRST XSMCS XRST SMSDO SMSDI SMSCK TX0- VSYNC VSYNC VSYNC VSYNC 57,58,61~65,67,76,77 49~56,68,69 70,75,78,79 IC602 SII9030CTU HDMI Transmiter IC507 MB89F538 SubCPU IC608 Level Convert MB-118 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-17 to 4-18) 27 26 18 17 42 43 44 XTXINT XTXRST SCLO SDAO 16 26 27 36 37 14 19 51 53 13 11 18 16 7 9 2 4 52 35 32 31 SODIF MCLK SD3 SD2 5 66 80 1 2 6 7 8 SD1 SD0 WS SCK 9 10 11 12 DOC-SDA 61 DOC-SCL 62 SCALYO - SCLY9 SCALCO - SCLC9 SCALB2,B3,B6,B7 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-8. RF/SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-15 3-16 BASE UNIT KHM-310AAA SLED MOTOR SPINDLE MOTOR LIMIT DETECT CN201 30 29 36 37 34 10 13 15 4 1 D03- D03+ 28 27 D04- D04+ D01+ D01- D02+ D02- 24 25 D05+ D05- 22 23 20 21 18 19 MDI2 MDI1 LD01 TSD_M MUTE MUTE123 SPFG TROPENPWM DMO FMO TRO FOO LD02 6 DVDRFIP TPI TNI 177 179 OCSW CKSW 176 LIMITSW IN1- IN2- IN3- IN4- CTL SL+ SL- SP+ SP- LIMIT 20 22 MUTE4 TSD_M 7 19 21 6 45 OPO RES1 RES2 MUTE123 PS IC201 FAN8036L MOTOR DRIVER IC IC102 (2/2) CXD9804R RF AMPLIFIER 0.8Vp-p 1.1Vp-p LDM+ LDM- OKSW1 OCSW1 FCS- FCS+ TRK+ TRK- LD (780) LD (650) PD RF F E LOADING MOTOR CHUCK TRAY/ DETECT MS-203 BOARD FOCUS COIL TRACKING COIL DVD/CD LD MODULE 1 2 5 6 4 CN202 5 4 2 1 DVD/CD LD DRIVE Q102 2~5 8~11 24 23 22 21 6 2 5 14 10 17 20 C D A B 19 16 15 CN101 DVD/CD PDIC 186 FWD 185 181 183 184 47 39 37 38 41 42 REV 16 FWD 17 REV 35 MB-118 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-7 to 4-10) IC102 6 (DVD PB) 5 IC102 6 (CD PB) 5 200nsec 100nsec w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-17 3-18 3-9. AUDIO (1) BLOCK DIAGRAM ACLK MA_MUTE 38 14 37 33 32 9 17 5 SDTI1 SDT14 ASDATA4 SPDIF BICK A BCK AL RCK ASDATA 0 ASDATA 1 ASDATA 2 LRCK LOUT4+ LOUT4– ROUT4+ ROUT4– 2 1 48 47 LOUT1+ LOUT1– ROUT1+ ROUT1– 46 45 44 43 LOUT2+ LOUT2– ROUT2+ ROUT2– 42 41 40 39 LOUT3+ LOUT3– ROUT3+ ROUT3– DZF1 (SUR) 4 DZF2(R) 3 DZF3(L) AUDIO (2) (SEE PAGE 3-19 to 3-20) ALT+ 13 15 SDTI2 16 SDTI3 PDN SCL SDA 10 MCLK 20 1 CN302 CN301 (2/2) ALT– 19 ART+ 24 ART– SPDIF 25 MUTE-L MUTE23 18 17 FLOUT1+ 11 FLOUT1– 10 FROUT1+ 13 FROUT1– 14 SLOUT2+ 6 SLOUT2– 5 SROUT2+ 7 SROUT 2– 8 FCOUT3+ 2 FCOUT3– 1 SWOUT3+ 3 SWOUT3– 4 D301 D303 D302 CN301 CN403 (1/2) SCL SDA XRST 17 8 20 19 8 ch D/A CONVERTER IC301 MB-118 BOARD (3/6) (SEE PAGE 4-11 to 4-12) IC301 qj 19 3.5Vp-p 22.5us IC301 q; 20 3.5Vp-p 88ns IC301 9 18 3.5Vp-p 355ns Interval is "NO DISC" just after POWER ON w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-19 3-20 3-10. AUDIO (2) BLOCK DIAGRAM CN201 CN302 CN301 J201 05 7 FLOUT1+ 8 FLOUT1– 5 1 FROUT1+ 4 FROUT1– ART+ ART– ALT+ SPDIF ALT– MUTE L MUTE23 AUDIO (1) (SEE PAGE 3-17 to 3-18) POWER (2) (SEE PAGE 3-5 to 3-6) SYSTEM CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-9 to 3-10) 12 SLOUT2+ 13 SLOUT2– 11 SROUT2+ 10 SROUT2– 16 FCOUT3+ 17 FCOUT3– 15 SWOUT3+ 14 SWOUT3– 5.1CH OUTPUT 5 6 3 2 IC201 5.1CH FRONT AUDIO AMP 7 1 + – + – 5 6 3 2 IC202 5.1CH REAR AUDIO AMP 7 1 + – + – 5 6 3 2 IC203 5.1CH CENTER/WOOFER AUDIO AMP 7 1 + – + – Q201, 202, 203 MUTE DRIVE FRONT R REAR L L AUDIO 1 R L R CENTER WOOFER Q205 MUTE Q206 MUTE Q204 MUTE Q207 MUTE Q208 MUTE Q209 MUTE 9 6 7 2 1 1 5 6 3 2 MUTE-V Q302,303,304 MUTE DRIVE Q307 MUTE Q306 MUTE IC303 AUDIO AMP 1 + – + – 2 AMUTE 7 IC301 OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT COAXIAL J301 J101 CN302 3 D IN Q301 BUFFER LINE OUT AV-086 BOARD (2/3-3/3) (SEE PAGE 4-31 to 4-34) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-21 3-22 3-11. VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM 11 15 13 17 19 21 20 10 31 23 25 21 8 11 13 1 32 16 3 29 5 27 Y C J102 J101 (1/2) COMPONENT VIDEO OUT J103 Y CB CR SYSTEM CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-9 to 3-10) SYSTEM CONTROL TO MB-117 (SEE PAGE 3-9 to 3-10) WIDE VMUTE Y/G Cb/B Cr/R C Y V CN301 (1/2) C Y V VIDEO BUFFER VIDEO IN VIDEO OUT SY OUT SY IN C IN C OUT MUTE1 MUTE2 Y IN Y OUT Y Cb Cr Cb IN Cr IN Cb OUT Cr OUT IC103 VIDEO LINE OUT Y C S VIDEO OUT Q111, 112 WIDE SWITCH AV-086 BOARD (1/3) (SEE PAGE 4-29 to 4-30) TO MB-117 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-23 3-24 3-12. INTERFACE CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM 12 10 7 8 TO MB-118 (SEE PAGE 3-9 to 3-10) 5 3 4 9 SW-10V EVER+3.3V SW+3.3V 3.3V_MNT SW+5V TO MB 3 2 11 4 7 CN401 CN402 D401 43 11 44 41 42 1 7 3 4 7 1 5 4 2 6 5 3 37 8 1 1 40 PROG LED 30 PON CHK CONTROL-S MULTILED SACD HD-LED POWER IR /RST VKK 79 VOFF-LED 80 FLOFF-LED 50 69 71 78 12 38 4 11 IC 406 IC 408 EVER+3.3V EVER+3.3V VOUT VFD DRIVER CIRCUIT ND401 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE SW-10V 1 2 40 41 SEG 1-20 DIG 1-7 IC 404 IF CON AD1 AD2 XIN XOUT 36 34 35 27 24 23 17 16 15 14 7 2 3 XSYSRST D201 S201 MULTI SACD D202 HDMI POWER D203 /CS SI SO SC /AMUTE /VMUTE BUSY O/C XSYSRST XIFCS SOO SIO SCO A-MUTE V-MUTE XIFBUSY CN 402 S412 A-O/C R407 R404 R403 S410 S406 S403 S401 PLAY PAUSE PBJOG R PBJOG F S409 R406 STOP S405 PROG X401 8MHz PROG VOFF D403 D404 FLOFF IF-115 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-21 to 4-22) PL-035 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-25 to 4-26) TO MB 1 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 3-25 3-26E 3-13. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM CN101 F101 2 Line Filters Bridge Rectifier Diode Transformer D401 D501 Switching IC & Circuit PC101 Photo Coupler Shunt Reg D601 D301 D201 Q301 L301 L201 Q501 L601 L401 L502 Q401 SW +5V SW +3.3V E +5V E +11V SW +8V CN201 E -10V P.CONT 1 3 4 5 6 10 8 SWITCHING REGULATOR (SEE PAGE 4-37 to 4-38) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 1 A B C D E F G H I 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 SECTION 4 PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-1 4-2 *SW REG SRV1579 (WW) PL-035 IF-115 AV-086 MS-203 MB-118 M M M OPTICAL DEVICE BASE UNIT 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 GND (LD) LD 650 N.C N.C PD LO (780) VR (650) VR (780) N.C VoE/e+g Vcc 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 Vc GND (PDIC) VoF f+n VoB/b VoA/a RF (LO,DVD,HI,CD) MSW LIMIT SWITCH VoD/d VoC/c TRK- TRK+ 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 FCS+ FCS- GND (LD) LD 650 N.C N.C PD LO (780) 1 2 3 4 5 6 SP- SP+ LIMIT (GND) LIMIT SL- SL+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW+8V MTR_GND EVER+11V EVER+5V SW+3.3V SW+5V 7 8 9 10 GND 7 6 5 4 3 2 SW+5V GND HD POWER MULTI_LED SACD 1 SW+3.3V 7P CN201 7P CN403 CN202 5P CN001 5P 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW+5V GND HD POWER MULTI_LED SACD 7 SW+3.3V P-CONT POWER_SW EVER-10V CN201 10P SP- SP+ LIMIT (GND) LIMIT SL- SL+ VR (650) VR (780) N.C VoE/e+g Vcc Vc GND (PDIC) VoF f+n VoB/b VoA/a RF (LO,DVD,HI,CD) MSW VoD/d VoC/c TRK- TRK+ FCS+ FCS- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 RGBSEL 25P CN301 25P CN301 EUROVY CTRL_S DSEL/DISCXEXT Cr/R WIDE Cb/B D-GND Y/G D-GND Y Y D-GND C D-GND V C V VMUTE LMUTE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 FCOUT3- (FC) (SW) (SL) (SR) (FL) (FR) 17P CN302 17P CN201 FCOUT3+ SWOUT3+ SWOUT3- SL_OUT2- SL_OUT2+ SROUT2+ SROUT2- A_GND FLOUT1- FLOUT1+ A-GND FROUT1+ FROUT1- D_GND V-OFF MUTE23 C- C+ SW+ SW- SL- SL+ SR+ SR- GND FL- FL+ GND FR+ FR- D_GND V-OFF MUTE23 RMUTE ALT- ALT+ A_GND AUDIO+5V A_GND ART+ 25 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SW-10V AI+5V AU+11V D_GND_VIDEO MUTE+5V A_MUTE SPDIF SW-10V 7P CN403 CN302 7P SW+5V EVER+11V GND MUTE+5V AMUTE SPDIF 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ART- RGBSEL EUROVY CTRL_S DSEL Cr/R WIDE Cb/B D_GND_VIDEO Y/G D_GND_VIDEO D_GND_VIDEO D_GND_VIDEO VMUTE LMUTE RMUTE ALT- ALT+ P_GND AUDIO+5V P_GND ART+ ART- GND 3.3V_MNT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 GND SW+3.3V SW-10V EVER3.3V VDFF (MGND) SW+5V GND SW+3.3V SW-10V EVER+3.3V V-OFF/SW+8V MTR_GND SW+5V 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SYSRST XIFCS IFBSY SIO SOO GND SCO VMUTE AMUTE P-CONT CTRL_S GND CN402 13P 13P CN106 CN401 7P CN402 7P 3.3V_MNT(SW+3.3V) /SYSRST XIFCS XIFBUSY SIO SOO GND SCO V_MUTE A_MUTE PCONT CONTROL-S 10P PM-117 HARNESS 1-963-008-11 7P FIP-002 FFC 1-963-017-11 5P FMS-002 FFC 1-892-386-11 24P FMO-013 FFC 1-829-174-11 0.5mm pitch 25P FMO-012 FFC 1-963-013-11 1.0mm pitch 17P FMA-013 FFC 1-963-014-11 1.0mm pitch 1 2 3 4 5 LDN+ LDN- GND CKSW1 OCSW1 LDN+ LDN- GND CKSW1 OCSW1 5 4 3 2 1 6P CN105 TO DIAG JIG CN201 6P 24P CN101 6P Orefe Orefe 24P RXD GND +3.3V V2REFO RF MON 5 TXD 6 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 SW+5V MTR_GND EVER+11V EVER+5V SW+3.3V SW+5V 7 8 9 10 GND P-CONT NC EVER-10V 10P CN401 TO PS 6P MD-105 HARNESS 1-962-801-11 7P IM-072 HARNESS 1-963-316-11 7P AM-144 HARNESS 1-963-010-11 13P FIM-006 FFC 1-963-012-11 FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 4-3 4-4 For printed wiring boards: • : indicates a lead wire mounted on the component side. • : indicates a lead wire mounted on the printed side. • a : Through hole. • : Pattern from the side which enables seeing. (The other layers’ patterns are not indicated.) For schematic diagrams: • All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF. 50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums. • All resistors are in ohms, 1/4W (Chip resistors : 1/10W) un-less otherwise specified. kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ. • Caution when replacing chip parts. New parts must be attached after removal of chip. Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, because it is damaged by the heat. • All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted. • : non flammable resistor. • : fusible resistor. • : panel designation. • f : internal component. • : adjustment for repair. • : B+ Line. • : B– Line. • Circled numbers refer to waveforms. • Voltages are dc between measurement point. • Readings are taken with a color-bar signal on DVD refer- ence disc and when playing CD reference disc. • Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10MΩ). • Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances. Caution: Pattern face side: Parts on the pattern face side seen from (Side A) the pattern face are indicated. Parts face side: Parts on the parts face side seen from (Side B) the parts face are indicated. When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name. Note: The components identi- fied by mark or dotted line with mark are criti- cal for safety. Replace only with part number specified. Note: Les composants identifiés par une marque sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. 4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. (In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block) B+ B– MB-118 BOARD IC506 rf C/BAR PB IC506 rd C/BAR PB IC506 rs C/BAR PB IC102 12 228 156 IC102 6 (CD PB) 5 200nsec IC102 6 (DVD PB) 5 1.1Vp-p 100nsec 8 1Vp-p 63.5usec IC506 el C/BAR PB 9 1Vp-p 63.5usec IC506 ek C/BAR PB 10 0.7Vp-p 63.5usec IC506 ej 11 0.7Vp-p 63.5usec 3.3Vp-p 0.8Vp-p IC301 qj 19 3.5Vp-p 22.5us IC301 q; 20 3.5Vp-p 88ns 7 1Vp-p 63.5usec 6 0.7Vp-p 63.5us 3.3Vp-p 110MHz 27MHz IC102 16 3.5Vp-p 355ns IC301 9 18 Interval is "NO DISC" just after POWER ON Interval is "NO DISC" just after POWER ON 4-3. WAVEFORM WAVEFORM MB-118 • Abbreviation E : Latin America model KR : Korea model w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V Power board PL-035 board (POWER SWITCH) IF-115 board (INTERFACE) AV-086 board (VIDEO, AUDIO) MB-118 board (SYSTEM, SERVO, 8ch DAC, PS-TROUGH, PROGE, HDMI) MB-118 BOARD A SIDE IC101 A-2 IC102 C-2 IC103 C-4 IC104 C-4 IC106 C-5 IC201 B-4 IC401 B-4 IC501 E-1 IC503 F-2 IC506 E-2 IC507 F-3 IC508 E-2 IC601 E-4 IC602 F-4 IC603 G-5 Q103 C-1 Q401 B-5 D301 D-4 D403 B-5 B SIDE IC105 B-5 IC107 D-4 IC108 B-3 IC301 D-2 IC502 F-5 IC505 E-3 IC509 F-4 IC604 F-2 IC605 F-1 IC606 F-2 IC607 G-3 IC608 E-3 Q102 C-5 Q402 B-1 Q403 C-1 Q404 C-1 Q601 E-2 Q602 E-2 D302 D-3 D303 D-3 D601 G-2 D602 G-2 D603 G-2 D604 G-2 D605 G-2 D606 G-2 D607 G-1 D608 G-1 D609 G-1 D610 G-1 There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. For printed wiring board SYSTEM, SERVO, 8ch DAC, PROGRE, HDMI MB-118 MB-118 (SYSTEM, SERVO, 8ch DAC, PROGRE, HDMI) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. MB-118 BOARD SIDE A MB-118 BOARD SIDE B 4-5 G F E D C B A 1 2 5 4 3 G F E D C B A 1 2 5 4 3 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V 4-7 4-8 SYSTEM MB-118 (1/6) For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-5 for printed wiring board of MB-118 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform MB-118 BOARD (1/6) SYSTEM -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V 4-10 SERVO MB-118 (2/6) 4-9 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-5 for printed wiring board of MB-118 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform MB-118 BOARD (2/6) SERVO -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V 4-11 4-12 8ch DAC MB-118 (3/6) For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-5 for printed wiring board of MB-118 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform MB-118 BOARD (3/6) 8ch DAC -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V 4-13 4-14 MB-118 BOARD (4/6) PS-TROUGH -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-5 for printed wiring board of MB-118 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform PS-TROUGH MB-118 (4/6) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V 4-15 4-16 PROGRE MB-118 (5/6) For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-5 for printed wiring board of MB-118 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform MB-118 BOARD (5/6) PROGRE -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V 4-17 4-18 MB-118 BOARD (6/6) HDMI -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-5 for printed wiring board of MB-118 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform HDMI MB-118 (6/6) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 4-19 4-20 IF-115 BOARD A SIDE IC406 B-11 IC474 A-3 D401 A-3 D402 A-3 D403 B-11 D404 A-11 D405 A-6 Q401 B-5 Q402 A-5 Q405 A-6 Q406 B-6 Q407 B-6 B SIDE IC404 A-8 IC408 A-10 Q403 A-12 Q404 A-12 D406 B-11 D407 B-11 D408 B-11 D409 B-11 IF-115 (INTERFACE) PRINTED WIRING BOARD IF-115 BOARD A SIDE • : Uses unleaded solder. INTERFACE IF-115 IF-115 BOARD B SIDE A 1 2 8 7 9 10 11 12 6 5 4 3 A 1 2 8 7 9 10 11 12 6 5 4 3 There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. For printed wiring board Power board PL-035 board (POWER SWITCH) IF-115 board (INTERFACE) AV-086 board (VIDEO, AUDIO) MB-118 board (SYSTEM, SERVO, 8ch DAC, PS-TROUGH, PROGE, HDMI) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V 4-21 4-22 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-19 for printed wiring board of IF-115 board. IF-115 BOARD INTERFACE -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:PB MODE MARKED:MOUNT TABLE INTERFACE IF-115 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 4-23 4-24 PL-035 BOARD A SIDE D201 A-4 D202 A-3 D203 A-5 D204 B-5 D205 B-4 D206 B-4 B SIDE Q201 A-4 Q202 A-4 Q203 A-4 Q204 A-4 Q205 A-5 Q206 A-5 PL-035 (POWER SWITCH) PRINTED WIRING BOARD PL-035 BOARD A SIDE • : Uses unleaded solder. POWER SWITCH PL-035 PL-035 BOARD B SIDE There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. For printed wiring board Power board PL-035 board (POWER SWITCH) IF-115 board (INTERFACE) AV-086 board (VIDEO, AUDIO) MB-118 board (SYSTEM, SERVO, 8ch DAC, PS-TROUGH, PROGE, HDMI) A 1 2 5 4 3 A 1 2 5 4 3 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V 4-25 4-26 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-23 for printed wiring board of PL-035 board. PL-035 BOARD POWER SWITCH -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:PB MODE MARKED:MOUNT TABLE POWER SWITCH PL-035 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V 4-27 4-28 AV-086 (VIDEO, AUDIO) PRINTED WIRING BOARD AV-086 BOARD A SIDE • : Uses unleaded solder. VIDEO, AUDIO AV-086 There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. For printed wiring board AV-086 BOARD B SIDE Power board PL-035 board (POWER SWITCH) IF-115 board (INTERFACE) AV-086 board (VIDEO, AUDIO) MB-118 board (SYSTEM, SERVO, 8ch DAC, PS-TROUGH, PROGE, HDMI) B C D A 1 2 8 7 6 5 4 3 B C D E A 1 2 8 7 6 5 4 3 0-779-837-11 AV-086 BOARD A SIDE IC103 A-5 IC201 C-2 IC202 C-3 IC203 C-4 IC301 D-2 Q101 A-2 Q102 A-1 Q103 B-1 Q104 A-1 Q105 A-5 Q106 A-5 Q107 A-5 Q108 A-4 Q112 A-6 Q203 B-2 Q302 B-3 Q303 B-3 Q305 B-3 Q308 B-4 Q309 B-4 Q310 D-1 Q311 C-1 Q312 C-1 D101 B-2 D103 B-4 D301 B-2 B SIDE IC101 B-9 IC305 A-7 Q201 A-7 Q202 B-8 Q205 D-7 Q206 D-5 Q208 D-7 Q209 D-7 Q301 D-8 Q306 D-5 Q307 D-5 Q309 D-5 Q504 D-6 Q506 D-7 Q507 D-6 Q509 D-6 D104 D-4 D105 D-3 D106 D-3 D107 D-3 D108 D-1 D305 C-8 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V 4-29 4-30 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-27 for printed wiring board of AV-086 board. AV-086 BOARD (1/3) VIDEO -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:PB MODE MARKED:MOUNT TABLE VIDEO AV-086 (1/3) SIGNAL PATH VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA PB Y Y/CHROMA AUDIO SIGNAL w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V 4-31 4-32 AV-086 BOARD (2/3) AUDIO (1/2) -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:PB MODE MARKED:MOUNT TABLE For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-27 for printed wiring board of AV-086 board. AUDIO (1/2) AV-086 (2/3) SIGNAL PATH VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA PB Y Y/CHROMA AUDIO SIGNAL w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V 4-33 4-34 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-27 for printed wiring board of AV-086 board. AV-086 BOARD (3/3) AUDIO (2/2) -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:PB MODE MARKED:MOUNT TABLE AUDIO (2/2) AV-086 (3/3) SIGNAL PATH VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA PB Y Y/CHROMA AUDIO SIGNAL w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS975V B C A 1 2 7 6 5 4 3 POWER BLOCK (SRV1579WW) PRINTED WIRING BOARD POWER BOARD A SIDE (SRV1579WW) For printed wiring board There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. POWER BOARD (SRV1579WW) A SIDE IC101 B-4 IC501 A-7 IC502 C-6 Q401 B-7 Q501 B-6 D101 B-3 D102 B-3 D103 B-3 D104 B-3 D105 C-4 D106 B-4 D107 A-3 D108 B-4 D201 C-5 D202 C-5 D301 A-5 D302 B-6 D401 B-5 D402 A-6 D404 B-7 D501 B-5 D601 C-5 B SIDE Q301 B-2 Q302 B-2 4-35 4-36 POWER BOARD POWER BLOCK (SRV1579WW) • : Uses unleaded solder. • E B C A 1 2 7 6 5 4 3 Power board PL-035 board (POWER SWITCH) IF-115 board (INTERFACE) AV-086 board (VIDEO, AUDIO) MB-118 board (SYSTEM, SERVO, 8ch DAC, PS-TROUGH, PROGE, HDMI) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 DVP-NS975V For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-35 for printed wiring board of Power Board. POWER BOARD POWER BLOCK (SRV1579WW) -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:PB MODE MARKED:MOUNT TABLE The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. Les composants identifiés par une marque sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. 4-37 4-38E POWER BOARD POWER BLOCK (SRV1579WW) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-1 DVP-NS975V SECTION 5 IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION Pin No. Pin name Type Function 1 AGND Ground pin for analog circuitry 2 DVDA Analog Input AC coupled input path A 3 DVDB Analog Input AC coupled input path B 4 DVDC Analog Input AC coupled input path C 5 DVDD Analog Input AC coupled input path D 6 DVDRFIP Analog Input AC coupled DVD RF signal input RFIP 7 DVDRFIN Analog Input AC coupled DVD RF signal input RFIN 8 MA Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input A 9 MB Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input B 10 MC Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input C 11 MD Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input D 12 SA Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal input A 13 SB Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal input B 14 SC Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal inputC 15 SD Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal input D 16 SDFON Analog Input CD focusing error negative input 17 SDFOP Analog Input CD focusing error positive input 18 TNI Analog Input 3 beam satellite PD signal negative input 19 TPI Analog Input 3 beam satellite PD signal positive input 20 MDI1 Analog Input Laser power monitor input 21 MDI2 Analog Input Laser power monitor input 22 LDO2 Analog Output Laser driver output 23 LDO1 Analog Output Laser driver output 24 SVDD3 Power Analog 3.3V power 25 CSO Analog Output Central servo 26 RFLVL Analog Output RFRP low pass output 27 SGND Ground Ground pin for analog circuitry 28 V2REFO Analog Output Reference voltage 2.8V 29 V20 Analog Output Reference voltage 2.0V 30 VREFO Analog Output Reference voltage 1.4V 31 FEO Analog Output Focus error monitor output 32 TEO Analog Output Tracking error monitor output 33 TEZISLV Analog Output TE Slicing Level 34 OP_OUT Analog Output OP amp output 35 OP_INN Analog Input OP amp negative input 36 OP_INP Analog Input OP amp positive input 37 DMO Analog Output Disc motor control output.PWM output 38 FMO Analog Output Feed motor control. PWM output 39 TROPENPWM Analog Output Tray PWM output/Tray open output 40 V_ADIN9 Analog Input General A/D input -> Brake for Tray open/close 41 TRO Analog Output PDM output of tracking servo compensator 42 FOO Analog Output PDM output of focus servo compensator 43 USB_VSS Ground Ground pin for USB 44 USBP AI/O USB port DPLUS pin for HS DL 45 USBM AI/O USB port DMINUS pin for HS DL 46 USB_VDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for USB Input LVTTL 47 SPFG 3.3 V, SMT,PU General A/D input -> Iop Monitor 48 AN0 Analog Input AD input ch0 49 AN1 Analog Input AD input ch1 5-1. SYSTEM CONTROL PIN FUNCTION (MB-118 BOARD IC103) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-2 DVP-NS975V Pin No. Pin name Type Function 50 AN2 Analog Input AD input ch2 51 xMAMUTE Default Low Main Audio Mute signal (H: Unmute, L: Mute) 52 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry 53 HA2 Output PU Host address bit2 54 HA3 Output PU Host address bit3 55 HA4 Output PU Host address bit4 56 HA5 Output PU Host address bit5 57 HA6 Output PU Host address bit6 58 HA7 Output PU Host address bit7 59 HA8 Output PU Host address bit8 60 HA18 Output SMT Host address bit18 61 HA19 Output SMT Host address bit19 62 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 63 APLLCAP Analog Input APLL External Capacitance connection 64 APLLVSS Groung Ground pin for audio clock circuitry 65 APLLVDD3 Power 3.3V power for audio clock circuitry 66 xWR Output SMT Write enable, active Low 67 HA16 Output Host address bit16 68 HA15 Output PU Host address bit15 69 HA14 Output PU Host address bit14 70 HA13 Output PU Host address bit13 71 HA12 Output PU Host address bit12 72 HA11 Output PU Host address bit11 73 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 74 HA10 Output PU Host address bit10 75 HA9 Output PU Host address bit9 76 HA20 Output SMT Host address bit20 77 xROMCS Output PU, SMT Chip select, active Low 78 HA1 Output PU Host address bit1 79 xRD Output SMT Read enable, active Low 80 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 81 HD0 Output Host data bit0 82 HD1 Output Host data bit1 83 HD2 Output Host data bit2 84 HD3 Output Host data bit3 85 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 86 HD4 Output Host data bit4 87 HD5 Output Host data bit5 88 HD6 Output Host data bit6 89 HA21 Output SMT Host data bit21 90 ALE Output PU,SMT Address latch enable 91 HD7 Output Host data bit7 92 HD17 Output Host address bit17 93 HA0 Output PU Host address bit0 94 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 95 UWR# Output PU,SMT 8032 write strobe 96 URD# Output PU,SMT 8032 read strobe 97 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry Output PU,SMT 98 IFSDO Default High Ext. CPU Serial data output (H/W method) Output PU,SMT 99 IFCK Default High Ext. CPU Serial clock (H/W method) Output PU,SMT 100 xIFCS Default High Chip select for Ext.CPU (Low Active, H/W method) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-3 DVP-NS975V Pin No. Pin name Type Function 101 IR Input SMT IR control signal input Output PU,SMT 102 SCL Default High IIC clock pin Output PU,SMT 103 SDA Default High IIC data pin Output PU,SMT 104 UP3_0 Default High 8032 GPIO 105 IFBSY Int PU,SMT Ext. CPU Ready/Busy interrupt signal (H: Busy, L: Ready) 106 RXD Input PU,SMT Hardwired RS232C RXD Output PU,SMT 107 TXD Default High Hardwired RS232C TXD 108 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 109 ICE Output PU,SMT Ice mode enable 110 xSYSRST Input PU,SMT MT1389 reset input, active Low 111 IR Input SMT IR control signal input 112 INT0# Input PU,SMT 8032 external interrupt 0 (for ICE) 113 DQM0 Output Mask for DRAM input/output byte 0 Output Default 114 GPIO Low GPIO 115 RD7 Output DRAM data bit7 116 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 117 RD6 Output DRAM data bit6 118 RD5 Output DRAM data bit5 119 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 120 RD4 Output DRAM data bit4 121 RD3 Output DRAM data bti3 122 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry 123 RD2 Output DRAM data bit2 124 RD1 Output DRAM data bit1 125 RD0 Output DRAM data bit0 126 RD15 Output DRAM data bit15 127 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 128 RD14 Output DRAM data bit14 129 RD13 Output DRAM data bit13 130 RD12 Output DRAM data bit12 131 RD11 Output DRAM data bit11 132 RD10 Output DRAM data bit10 133 RD9 Output DRAM data bit9 134 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal circuitry 135 RD8 Output DRAM data bit8 Output Default 136 GPIO Low GPIO 137 DQM1 Output Mask for DRAM input/output byte 1 138 RWE# Output DRAM write enable 139 CAS# Output DRAM columm address strobe 140 RAS# Output DRAM row address strobe 141 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 142 RCS# Output DRAM chip select 143 BA0 Output DRAM bank address 0 144 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 145 BA1 Output DRAM bank address 1 146 RA10 Output DRAM address bit10 147 RA0 Output DRAM address bit0 148 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 149 RA1 Output DRAM address bit1 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-4 DVP-NS975V Pin No. Pin name Type Function 150 RA2 Output DRAM address bit2 151 RA3 Output DRAM address bit3 152 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry 153 RVREF Analog Input Reference voltage for DDR DRAM 154 RCLKB Output DRAM clock invert 155 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 156 DRCLK Output DRAM clock 157 CKE Output DRAM clock enable 158 RA11 Output PD DRAM address bit11 159 RA9 Output DRAM address bit9 160 RA8 Output DRAM address bit8 161 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 162 RA7 Output DRAM address bit7 163 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 164 RA6 Output DRAM address bit6 165 RA5 Output DRAM address bit5 166 RA4 Output DRAM address bit4 167 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry Output PU 168 DISC/xEXT Default Low DISC/External input select output signal (H: DISC, L: EXTin) 169 RGBSEL Output PU RGB/YCbCr select output signal (H: RGB Disable, L: RGB Enable) Output Default 170 xsmrst Low Reset output signal for HDMI sub CPU (Low Active) 171 WIDE Output Voltage select output signal for S terminal (H: 16:9, L: 4:3) Output Default 172 NT/xPAL Low NTSC/PAL select output signal (H: NTSC, L: PAL) 173 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry Output Default 174 EUROVY High CVBS/S terminal select output signal (H:CBVS, L: S-terminal) 175 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 176 LIMITSW Input GPIO bit9 for Servo group 177 OCSW Input GPIO bit8 for Servo group Output PU 178 VCLK Default Low 27MHz synchoronous clock output for Video data 179 CKSW Input PU GPIO bit7 for Servo group 180 IO3 Output PD GPIO 181 TSD_M Output PD GPIO bit5 for Servo group 182 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 183 MUTE Output PD GPIO bit4 for Servo group 184 MUTE123 Output PD GPIO bit3 for Servo group 185 REV Output PD GPIO bit2 for Servo group 186 FWD Output PD GPIO bit1 for Servo group 187 MSW Input PD GPIO bit0 for Servo group 188 DSEL Output PD Interlace/Progressive select output signal (H: 480p, L: 480i) 189 DACVDDC Power 3.3V power for Video DAC circuitry 190 VREF Analog Input Bandgap Ref Voltage (No connect) 191 FS Analog Input Full Scale Adjustment Compensation capacitor 192 CIN/YUV0 Output Video data output bit0 193 DACVDDC Ground Ground pin for Video DAC circuitry Analog Y output 194 Y/YUV1 Output Video data output bit1 195 DACVDDB Power 3.3V power for Video DAC circuitry Analog chroma output 196 C/YUV2 Output Video data output bit2 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-5 DVP-NS975V Pin No. Pin name Type Function 197 DACVSSB Ground Ground pin for Video DAC circuitry Analog composite output 198 CVBS/YUV3 Output Video data output bit3 199 DACVDDA Power 3.3V power for Video DAC circuitry Green or Y 200 YG/YUV4 Output Video data output bit4 201 DACVSSA Ground Ground pin for Video DAC circuitry Blue or Cb 202 B/Cb/Pb YUV5 Output Video data output bit5 Red or Cr 203 R/Cr/Pr YUV6 Output Video data output bit6 204 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for Video DAC digital circuitry 205 VSYN Output SMT Vertical sync signal output for ITU-R BT.601 206 YUV7 Output SMT Video data output bit7 207 HSYN Output SMT Horizontal sync signal output for ITU-R BT.601 Output Default 208 SMSCK High HDMI SubCPU Serial clock 209 SMSDI Input HDMI SubCPU Serial data input Output Default 210 SMSDO High HDMI SubCPU Serial data input Output Default 211 xSMCS High Chip Select signal output to HDMI Sub CPU 212 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 213 ALRCK Output PD,SMT Audio left/right channel clock 214 ABCK Output Audio Bit Clock output 215 ACLK Output Master clock output for Audio DAC 216 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 217 ASDATA0 Output PD,SMT Audio serial data 0 : L/R 218 ASDATA1 Output PD,SMT Audio serial data 1 : SL/SR 219 ASDATA2 Output PD,SMT Audio serial data 2 : C/SW Output PD,SMT 220 xRST Default Low Reset output signal for ADAC (Low Active) 221 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for intenal digital circuitry 222 ASDATA4 Output PD,SMT Audio serial data 4: Down-mixed L/R 223 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 224 D-WIDE Input Video aspect ratio control for D-terminal. (H: 16:9, L: 4:3) 225 SPDIF Output SPDIF output 226 RFGND18 Ground Ground pin for internal analog circuitry 227 RFVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal analog circuitry 228 XTALO Output 27M crystal output 229 XTALI Input 27M crystal input 230 JITFO Analog Output The output terminal of RF jitter meter 231 JITFN Analog Input The input terminal of RF jitter meter 232 PLLVSS Ground Ground pin for data PLL and related analog circuitry 233 IDACEXLP Analog Output C input 234 PLLVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for data PLL and related analog circuitry 235 LPFON Analog Output The negative output terminal of loop filter amplifier 236 LPFIP Analog Input The positive input terminal of loop filter amplifier 237 LPFIN Analog Input The negative input of loop filter amplifier 238 LPFOP Analog Output The positive output of loop filter amplifier 239 ADCVDD3 Power Power pin for ADC circuitry 240 S_VCM Analog Input SACD Commom mode reference 241 ADCVSS Ground Ground pin for ADC circuitry 242 S_VREFP Analog Input SACD Top reference 243 S_VREFN Analog Input SACD Buttom reference 244 RFVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for RF digital circuitry www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-6 DVP-NS975V Pin No. Pin name Type Function 245 RFRPDC Analog Output RF ripple detect output 246 RFRPAC Analog Input RF ripple detect input (through AC-coupling) 247 HRFZC Analog Input High frequency RF ripple zero crossing 248 CRTPLP Analog Output Defect level filter capacitor connecting 249 RFGND Ground Ground pin for RF digital circuitry 250 CEQP Analog Output EQ offset loop capacitance 251 CEQN Analog Output EQ offset loop capacitance 252 OSP Analog Output RF Offset cancellation capacitor connecting 253 OSN Analog Output RF Offset cancellation capacitor connecting 254 RFGC Analog Output RF AGC loop capacitor conecting for DVD-ROM 255 IREF Analog Input Current reference input 256 AVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for analog circuirtry 5-6E www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-1 DVP-NS975V 6-4. MIRROR TIME ADJUSTMENT To enter Mirror Time Adjustment, press 5 on the remote commander. The screen will appear as below. Mirr time Adjust Menu 1. CD MIRR time Check: 2. DVD MIRR time Check: 3. Threshold: 4. Save to EEPROM 5. Default set MIRR time [Open] Tray open [Close] Tray close - Return to previous menu There are five main commands in the Mirr time Adjust menu as shown in the figure above. The functions of each command are described in the following page. 1. CD Mirr time Check This command checks the Mirror time value for CD disc. 2. DVD Mirr time Check This command checks the Mirror time value for DVD disc. 3. Threshold This command displays the threshold value between CD and DVD mirror time. 4. Save to EEPROM This command saves an adjusted mirror time value to the EEPROM. 5. Default set MIRR time This command will set CD and DVD mirror time to firmware default value. [Open] / [Close] Pressing the [Open] / [Close] button controls the tray for disc change during mirror time adjustment. - Return to previous menu Press - button to return to previous menu. 6-4-1. EXECUTING MIRROR TIME ADJUSTMENT In order to execute mirror time adjustment, the following standard procedures must be followed. (1) In standby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode. (2) Select “2. Drive Manual Operation”. Remocon Diagnosis Menu 0. External Chip Check 1. Servo Parameter Check 2. Drive Manual Operation 3. Emergency History Check 4. Version information 5. Video Level Adjustment Model : DPX-xxxx_xx IF-con : Ver. x.xxx (xxxx) Syscon : Ver. x.xxx 6-1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Mirror Time and IOP measurement allows you to make diagnosis and adjustment simply by using the remote commander and monitor TV. The instructions, diagnosis results, etc. are given on the on screen display (OSD). The Mirror Time and IOP measurement is required is such events where servicing a DVD-Player includes changing the Base Unit (BU). For each new BU to be used with a certain MB-117 board, Mirror Time and IOP measurement need to be carried out. 6-2. STARTING TEST MODE Press the [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] keys on the remote commander in this order with the DVD player in standby mode. The Test Mode starts, then the menu shown below will be displayed on the TV screen. Remocon Diagnosis Menu 0. External Chip Check 1. Servo Parameter Check 2. Drive Manual Operation 3. Emergency History 4. Version Information 5. Video Level Adjustment Model Name : DPX-xxxx_xx IF-con : Ver. x.xxx (xxxx) Syscon : Ver. x.xxx The menu above is the Remocon Diagnosis Menu screen which consists of six main function. At the bottom of the menu screen, the model name and IF-con version. To enter Mirror Time Adjustment menu, press button 2 on the remote commander to enter Drive Manual Operation menu. To exit from the Test Mode, press the power button on the remote commander. 6-3. DRIVE MANUAL OPERATION The Drive Manual Operation menu consists of five main function. By pressing 2 on the remote commander in the Remocon Diagnosis Menu, the screen will appear as below. Drive Manual Operation 1. Servo Control 2. Track/Layer Jump 3. Manual Adjustment 4. Tray Aging Mode 5. Mirr Time Adjust 0. Return to Top Menu SECTION 6 TEST MODE www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-2 DVP-NS975V (3) Select “5. MIRR time Adjust”. Drive Manual Operation 1. Servo Control 2. Track/Layer Jump 3. Manual Adjustment 4. Tray Aging Mode 5. MIRR time Adjust 0. Return to Top Menu (4) Select “5. Default set MIRR time”. MIRR time adjustment Menu 1. CD MIRR time Check: 2. DVD MIRR time Check: 3. Threshold: 4. Save to EEPROM: 5. Default set MIRR time: [Open] Tray open [Close] Tray close - Return to previous menu (5) Select “3. Threshold”. (6) Confirm the number. If it is 75, go to next step. If it is any other value, return to step 4. MIRR time adjustment Menu 1. CD MIRR time Check: 2. DVD MIRR time Check: 3. Threshold: 75 4. Save to EEPROM: 5. Default set MIRR time: [Open] Tray open [Close] Tray close - Return to previous menu (7) Push “Open/Close” key to eject tray. (8) Insert Test Disc HLX-504 into tray. (9) Push “Open/Close” key to close tray. (10) Push “2. DVD MIRR time Check”. (11) Wait for HEX number to display. (12) Confirm the number, if XX is 28 ~ 70, proceed with next step. If no, return to 8. MIRR time adjustment Menu 1. CD MIRR time Check: 2. DVD MIRR time Check: xx xx 3. Thereshold: 4. Save to EEPROM: 5. Default set MIRR time: [Open] Tray open [Close] Tray close - Return to previous menu (13) Push “4. Save to EEPROM”. (14) Confirm the same values are displayed. If it is not same, return to step 7. MIRR time adjustment Menu 1. CD MIRR time Check: 2. DVD MIRR time Check: XX XX 3. Threshold: 4. Save to EEPROM: 5. Default set MIRR time: [Open] Tray open [Close] Tray close - Return to previous menu (15) Push “Open/Close” key to eject tray. (16) Take out HLX-504 and insert Test Disc YEDS-18 into tray. (17) Push “Open/Close” key to close tray. (18) Push “1. CD MIRR time check”. (19) Wait for HEX number to display. (20) Confirm the number, if YY is 5A ~ E8, proceed with next step. If no, return to 15. MIRR time adjustment Menu 1. CD MIRR time Check: yy YY 2. DVD MIRR time Check: XX XX 3. Threshold: 4. Save to EEPROM: 5. Default set MIRR time: [Open] Tray open [Close] Tray close - Return to previous menu (21) Push “4. Save to EEPROM”. (22) Confirm the same values are displayed. If it is not the same, return to step 15. MIRR time adjustment Menu 1. CD MIRR time check: YY YY 2. DVD MIRR time check: XX XX 3. Threshold: 4. Save to EEPROM: 5. Default set MIRR time: [Open] Tray open [Close] Tray close - Return to previous menu (23) Push “Open/Close” key to eject tray. (24) Remove Test Disc YEDS-18 from tray. (25) Push “Open/Close” key to close tray. (26) Press “0” to return to the Drive Manual Operation menu. (27) Press “0” to return to the Remocon Diagnosis Menu. (28) Press power button to switch OFF set. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-3 DVP-NS975V 6-5. EXECUTING IOP MEASUREMENT In order to execute mirror time adjustment, the following standard procedures must be followed. (1) In standby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode. Remocon Diagnosis Menu 0. External Chip Check 1. Servo Parameter Check 2. Drive Manual Operation 3. Emergency History Check 4. Version information 5. Video Level Adjustment Model : DPX-1790_UC2 IF-con Ver : 1.000 (5B84) Syscon Ver : 1.81 (2) Select “2. Drive Manual Operation” by pressing the 2 key on the remote commander. The screen will appear as below. Drive Manual Operation 1. Servo Control 2. Track/Layer Jump 3. Manual Adjustment 4. Tray Aging Mode 5. MIRR time adjust 0. Return to top Menu (3) Select “3. Manual Adjustment” by pressing the 3 key on the remote commander. The screen will appear as below. Manual Adjust 1. Track Balance Adjust: 2. Track Gain Adjust: 3. Focus Balance Adjust: 4. Focus Gain Adjust: 5. Eg boost Adjust: 6. Iop: 7. TRV. Level: 8. S curve(FE) Level: 9. RFL(PI) Level: 0. MIRR Time: ? ? Change Value [RETURN] Return to previous menu (4) Select Iop by pressing 6 key on the remote commander. (5) Wait until a hexadecimal number appear. Manual Adjust 1. Track Balance Adjust: 2. Track Gain Adjust: 3. Focus Balance Adjust: 4. Focus Gain Adjust: 5. Eq Boost Adjust: 6. Iop. ED: 7. TRV. Level: 8. S curve(FE) Level: 9. RFL(PI) Level: 0. MIRR Time: Change Value - Return to previous menu (6) Convert data from hexadecimal to decimal using conver- sion table. (9) Press [RETURN] to return back to previous menu. (10) Press - to return to Top Menu and power OFF the DVD Player. 6-6. EMERGENCY HISTORY CHECK Information of Emergency History. (1) In stanby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode. (2) Select “3. Emergency History”. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 999h 59min DVD 999h 59min 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page (3) Laser Hours DVD Laser ON time. (Total ON time) CD Laser ON time. (Total ON time) (4) Emergency History The history information from last “1” to “10” can be scrolled with [NEXT] key or [PREV] key. (5) Error code Example of Error code 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-4 DVP-NS975V (6) Error code list 01: Communication error (No reply from syscon) 02: Syscon hung up 03: Power OFF request when syscon hung up 19: Thermal shutdown 24: MoveSledHome error 25: Mecha move error (5 Changer) 26: Mecha move stack error 30: DC Motor adjustment error 31: DPD offset adjustment error 32: TE Balance adjustment error 33. TE Sensor adjustment error 34. TE loop gain adjustment error 35. FE loop gain adjustment error 36. Bad jitter after adjustment 40. Focus NG 42. Focus Layer Jump NG 52. Open kick spindle error 51: Spindle stop error 60: Focus on error 61: Seek fail error 62: read Qdata/ID error 70: Lead In Data Read Fail 71: TOC read time out (CD) 80: Can’t Buffering 81: Unknown media type (7) Error code parameters Example of Error code 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 This is the detailed contents od error information (8) Laser hours at error happend. Example of Error code 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 This is Laser hours when an error happaned. (9) How to Clearing laser hours Press [DISPLAY], [CLEAR] keys in this order. Both CD and DVD data are cleared. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 0h 0min DVD 0h 0min 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page - Return to Top Menu (10) How to Clearing Emergency code Press [TOPMENU], [CLEAR] keys in this order. All emergency code are cleared. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 999h 59min DVD 999h 59min 1. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page (11) Press - key, return to TOP MENU. 6-7. INITIALIZING SETUP DATA How to initializing setup data. (1) In stanby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode. (2) Select “3. Emergency History”. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 999h 59min DVD 999h 59min 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page (3) Initializing setup data Press [MENU], [CLEAR] keys in this order. The data have been initialized when “Initialize setup data...” mesage is displayed. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 999h 59min DVD 999h 59min Initialize setup data ... [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-5 DVP-NS975V (4) The Emergency history display screen will be restored soon. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 999h 59min DVD 999h 59min 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page (12) Press - key, return to TOP MENU. 6-8. VERSION INFORMATION Information of firmware version. (1) In stanby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode. (2) Select “4. Version Information”. Version information Firm (Main) : Ver. xxxxx Firm (Sub) : xxxxx RISC : xxxxx 8032 : xxxxx Audio DSP : xxxxx Servo DSP : xxxxx - Return to Top Menu (3) Press - key, return to TOP MENU. 6-9. IF CON SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION 1. IF-115 BOARD (IF CON) TEXT MODE The IF-115 board (IF CON) test mode is the IF CON self- diagnosis mode. THe IF CON can diagnose the functions of the IF-115 board that the IF CON controls. Normally, the IF CON makes a serial communication with the SYSTEM CONTROL and operates following the commands from the SYSTEM CONTROL, but in the Test mode, the IF CON operates independently from the SYSTEM CONTROL. In the test mode, the following functions can be checked. 1. Button function 2. Remote commander receiving function 3. SYSTEM CONTROL-IF CON serial communication 4. Fluorescent display tube lighting check - Grid check - Anode check 5. LED control function In the test mode, the main unit operates same as usual, except voltage monitoring, communication, display of fluorescent display tube, and LED control. 1. The routine that monitors +3.3V (PCONT) of MB-118 board is not provided. 2. The monitoring timer for serial communication with the SYSTEM CONTROL is not provided. The main unit is not placed in the Standby mode, even if the communication with SYSTEM CONTROL is normal. 3. Display of fluorescent display tube. (Normally, display is mode following the commands from SYSTEM CONTROL). 4. LED control. (Normally, control is mode made following the commands from SYSTEM CONTROL). 2. OPERATION OF SELF CHECK MODE The Self Check mode is the function to conduct the basic test to t2. OPERATION OF SELF CHECK MODE The Self Check mode is the function to conduct the basic test to the FL display and DVD panel section. 2-1. Self Check Mode Transition Processing At the AC Power ON after reset of IF CON is released, while pressing with the MB-118 board are not connected to the IF-115 board, or while pressing the x key on the main unit with the IF CON in STANDBY mode, enter [RETURN] t [DISPLAY] (or [SETUP]) on the remote commander, and the main unit transits to the Self Check Mode. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-6 DVP-NS975V 2-2. Operation of Auto Self Check When the Self Check mode becomes active at the AC Power ON or by key input, the test display of the following steps (1) to (4) is repeated. (1) FLD and LED all ON (for 5 seconds) (2) MODEL display (for 2 seconds) (3) Version display (for 2 seconds) (4) ROM creation date display (for 2 seconds) 2-3. Each Self Check Function Each Self Check function tests the FLD display, LED display, and key input. Input Voltage [V] IC404: Pin No. (Signal) PIN ef (AD1) PIN eg (O/C) PIN eh (STOP) PIN ej 0 - 0.20 PLAY OPEN/CLOSE STOP POWER 0.60 - 0.82 PAUSE PROG - - 1.16 - 1.47 PREVIOUS - - - 1.80 - 2.12 NEXT - - - 2.48 - 2.70 - - - - www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-7 DVP-NS975V 2-3-1. FLD and LED All ON 2-3-1-1.Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Z key and x key on the main unit • T key on the remote commander 2-3-1-2.Operation and display In this mode, all LEDs and all segments of FLD turn ON. • Example of FLD all ON 2-3-2. Main Unit Key Code Display 2-3-2-1.Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Keys on the main unit except keys transited in Self Check Mode 2-3-2-2.Operation and Display When a key on the main unit is pressed in the Self Check mode, the name of that key code is displayed on the FLD. Also, code “NOTHING” is displayed when nothing is entered. Also, DVD, VCD segments turn on when a communication error occurred. • Key code display (at input of H key, key code: 0Ah) • At input of faulty voltage • When key is pressed double www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-8 DVP-NS975V r (Input in CW direction) 2-3-3. Remote Commander 2-3-3-1.Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Remote commander keys except keys transited in Self Check Mode 2-3-3-2. Operation and Display When a key on the remote commander is pressed in the Self Check Mode, the name of that key code is displayed on the FLD. Also, code “NOTHING” is displayed when nothing is entered. Also, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on when a communication error occurred. • Remote commander key code display (at input of X key, key code:39h) 2-3-4. Communication Monitoring Display The communication state is monitored and displayed while the key name on the main unit and the remote commander is displayed. When the communication to the System Controller failed, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on. • Communication error display (at no input of key and remote commander) • Communication error display (at code display without input of the remote commander) 2-3-5. FLD Anode Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-5-1.Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • t key on the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Anode Test display (This unit does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/SHUTTLE) 2-3-5-2.Operation and Display The Self Check Mode transits to this mode when t key is entered. This tests whether each segment turns on individually. Only the first segment of each grid of FLD turns on, and each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the segment of each grid switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the segment switches in 1 - 2 -3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 - 2- 1 direction. • Display at the start of Anode Test www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-9 DVP-NS975V 2-3-6. FLD Grid Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-6-1.Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • R key on the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Grid Test display (This unit does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/SHUTTLE) 2-3-6-2.Operation and Display The Self Check Mode transits to this mode when R key is entered. This tests whether each grid turns on individually. The first grid only of FLD turns on and other grid turn off. Each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the grid is switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the grid switched in 1 - 2 - 3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 - 2 - 1 direction. • Display at the start of Grid Test 2-3-7. LED Test Display 2-3-7-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • r key on the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Grid Test display (This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/SHUTTLE) 2-3-7-2. Operation and Display LED is switched in order by the input JOG/SHUTTLE on the remote commander. Also, LED ON/OFF is switched by the input of same key as the function that turns on the LED conncerned. • FLD display during LED Test r (Input in CW direction) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-10 DVP-NS975V 7G 6G 5G 4G 3G 2G 1G col - col - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp a a a a a a a k k k k k k k j j j j j j j h h h h h h h b b b b b b b f f f f f f f m m m m m m m s s s s s s s g g g g g g g c c c c c c c d d d d d d d r r r r r r r p p p p p p p n n n n n n n e e e e e e e 6G 2G 1G 6G 7G 5G 4G 3G 2G Dp (7G, 4G) (7G~3G, 1G) col (7G~1G) ANODE CONNECTION P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P18 P19 P20 a f h g e r p n s c m d j k b 6-10E www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-1 SECTION 7 ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT DVP-NS975V In making adjustment, refer to 7-3. Adjustment Related Parts Arrangement. This section describes procedures and instructions necessary for adjusting electrical circuits in this unit. Instruments required: 1) Color monitor TV 2) Oscilloscope 1 or 2 phenomena, band width over 100 MHz, with delay mode 3) Frequency counter (over 8 digits) 4) Digital voltmeter 5) Standard commander (RMT-D172A) 6) DVD reference disc HLX-501 (J-6090-071-A) (dual layer) (NTSC) HLX-503 (J-6090-069-A) (single layer) (NTSC) HLX-504 (J-6090-088-A) (single layer) (NTSC) HLX-505 (J-6090-089-A) (dual layer) (NTSC) 7) SACD reference disc HLXA-509 (J-6090-090-A) 8) Extention Cable (J-6090-107-A) 7-1. POWER SUPPLY ADJUSTMENT Mode E-E Instrument Digital voltmeter EVER +5 V Check Test point CN201 pin 4 Specification 5.0 ± 0.3 Vdc SW +3.3 V Check Test point CN201 pin 5 Specification 3.35 ± 0.2 Vdc SW+5 V Check Test point CN201 pin 6 Specification 5.0 ± Vdc SW +8 V Check Test point CN201 pin 1 Specification 8.0 ± 0.5 Vdc EVER +11 V Check Test point CN201 pin 3 Specification 11.0 ± Vdc EVER –10 V Check Test point CN201 pin q; Specification –10.0 ± Vdc Checking method: 1) Confirm that each voltage satisfies the specification. Note Because the heatsink installed on the power supply board is a part of the primary side, never touch it to avoid electrical shock. +0.5 –1.0 +1.0 –0.5 +0.2 –0.3 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-2 1.0 Vp-p +0.04 –0.02 1.0 ±0.05 Vp-p A 1.0 Vp-p +0.04 –0.02 7-2. ADJUSTMENT OF VIDEO SYSTEM 1. Video Level Adjustment (MB-118 Board) This adjustment is made to satisfy the NTSC/PAL standard, and if not adjusted correctly, the brightness will be too large or small. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point LINE OUT (VIDEO) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Adjusting element RV501 Specification 1.0 +0.04 Vp-p –0.02 Adjusting method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Adjust the RV501 to attain 1.0 +0.04 Vp-p. –0.02 Fig. 7-1. 2. Progressive Video Output Level Adjustment (MB-118 Board) This adjusts progressive video output level. If it is incorrect, correct brightness will not be attained when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Adjusting element RV502 Specification 1.0 +0.04 Vp-p –0.02 Adjusting method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “7” Prog Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the Y level is 1.0 +0.04 Vp-p. –0.02 Fig. 7-2. 3. Checking S Video Output S-Y Check S-terminal video output. If it is incorrect, pictures will not be displayed correctly in spite of connection to the TV with a S-terminal cable. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 ± 0.05 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the S-Y level is 1.0 ± 0.05 Vp-p. Fig. 7-3. 4. Checking S Video Output S-C This checks whether the S-C satisfies the NTSC/PAL standard. If it is not correct, the colors will be too dark or light. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-C) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification A = 286 ± 30 mVp-p (NTSC) A = 300 ± 100 mVp-p (PAL) Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the S-C burst is “A”. Fig. 7-4. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-3 1.0 ±0.05 Vp-p A B 5. Checking Component Video Output Y This checks component video output Y. If it is incorrect, correct brightness will not be attained when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector, (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 ± 0.05 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the Y level is 1.0 ± 0.05 Vp-p. Fig. 7-5. 6. Checking Component Video Output B-Y This checks component video output B-Y. If it is incorrect, correct colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PB) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification A = 646 ± 50 mVp-p (US,Canadian) A = 700 ± 50 mVp-p (others) Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the B-Y level is A. Fig. 7-6. 7. Checking Component Video Output R-Y This checks component video output R-Y. If it is incorrect, correct colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PR) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification A = 646 ± 50 mVp-p (US,Canadian) A = 700 ± 50 mVp-p (others) Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the R-Y level is B. Fig. 7-7. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-4E MEMO www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-1 SECTION 8 REPAIR PARTS LIST The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. Les composants identifiés par une marque sont critiquens pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. NOTE: • -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some de- lay should be anticipated when ordering these items. • The mechanical parts with no reference number in the exploded views are not supplied. • Color Indication of Appearance Parts Example: KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED) R R Parts Color Cabinet's Color 8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS • Abbreviation E : Latin America model KR : Korea model DVP-NS975V 8-1-1. MAIN SECTION ns : not supplied l f g h 9 wf qa qj wg ql wl ql qh qg m a f g h a n 5 9 l o q; n q; 6 7 4 ql qd m qs qs 3 qk 1 wh 9 9 9 2 8 w; 9 wa w; 9 wa c b wk wj wd w; 9 ws w; 9 ws www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-2 DVP-NS975V Note : The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. Note : Les composants identifiés par une marque sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 1 A-1063-898-A MB-118 BOARD COMPL (US,CND) 1 A-1075-849-A MB-118BOARD COMPL (E) 2 A-1063-904-A AV-086 BOARD COMPL (US,CND,E) 2 A-1063-912-A AV-086 BOARD COMPL (KR) 3 3-077-331-11 +BV3 (3-CR) 4 A-1063-900-A IF-115 BOARD COMPL (US,CND) 4 A-1063-906-A IF-115 BOARD COMPL (E) 4 A-1063-910-A IF-115 BOARD COMPL (KR) 5 1-468-883-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK 6 X-3954-297-2 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (US,CND,E) 6 X-2021-575-2 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (KR) 7 4-942-568-61 EMBLEM (NO.5), SONY (US,CND,E) 7 4-942-568-51 EMBLEM (NO.5), SONY (KR) 8 X-3954-282-2 COVER TRAY ASSY (US,CND,E) 8 X-2021-576-1 COVER TRAY ASSY (KR) 9 3-077-331-21 +BV3 (3-CR) 10 3-077-331-31 +BV3 (3-CR) 11 1-828-871-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (KR) 11 1-828-451-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (US,CND) 12 3-070-883-41 SCREW, TAPPING 13 3-090-263-12 CASE, UPPER (US,CND,E) 13 3-090-263-52 CASE, UPPER (KR) 14 3-088-023-01 +BV3 (3-CR) 15 3-073-096-01 LID, BATTERY CASE 16 1-478-843-31 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D172A) 19 3-087-053-01 +BVTP2.6 (3CR) 20 3-831-441-11 CUSHION (F) 21 X-3954-284-1 FOOT (R) ASSY 22 X-3954-283-1 FOOT (F) ASSY 23 2-055-460-01 SPECIAL SCREW (2.6X6, B) 24 1-829-174-11 FLAT FLEXIBLE CABLE (FMO-013) 25 1-829-386-11 FLAT FLEXIBLE CABLE (FMS-002) 26 1-963-012-11 FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE (FIM-006) 27 1-963-013-11 FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE (FMA-012) 28 1-963-014-11 FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE (FMA-013) 29 1-963-017-11 FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE (FIP-002) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-4 NOTE: • Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts specified in the diagrams or the components used on the set. • -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • RESISTORS All resistors are in ohms. METAL: Metal-film resistor. METAL OXIDE: Metal oxide-film resistor. F: nonflammable • Not all of the parts for POWER BLOCK (HS12S2U) are listed. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. • SEMICONDUCTORS In each case, u: µ, for example: uA. . : µA. . uPA. . : µPA. . uPB. . : µPB. . uPC. . : µPC. . uPD. . : µPD. . • CAPACITORS uF: µF • COILS uH: µH • Abbreviation E : Latin America model KR : Korea model 8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. Les composants identifiés par une marque sont critiquens pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board. DVP-NS975V A-1063-898-A MB-118 COMPLETE (US,CND) A-1075-849-A MB-118 COMPLETE (E) A-1082-061-A MB-118 COMPLETE (KR) C101 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C102 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C105 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C106 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C107 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C108 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C109 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C110 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C111 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C112 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C113 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C114 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C115 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C116 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C117 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C118 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C119 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C120 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C121 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C122 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C123 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C124 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C125 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C126 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C127 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C128 1-162-965-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015UF 10.00% 50V C129 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C130 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C131 1-125-838-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 10% 6.3V C132 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C133 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C135 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C136 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C137 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C138 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V MB-118 C139 1-162-919-11 CERAMIC CHIP 22PF 5.00% 50V C140 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C141 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C142 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C143 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C144 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C145 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C146 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C147 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V C148 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V C149 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C150 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C151 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 5.00% 25V C152 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.50PF 50V C153 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.50PF 50V C154 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C155 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C156 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C158 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C159 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C160 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C161 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C162 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C163 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C164 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C167 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C170 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C171 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C172 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C173 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C174 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C175 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C176 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C177 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C178 1-126-208-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 4V C179 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C180 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C181 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C182 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C184 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-5 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS975V C187 1-126-208-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 4V C188 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C189 1-128-934-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.33UF 20% 10V C190 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C191 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C192 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C193 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C195 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C196 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V C203 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C205 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V C206 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V C208 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C209 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C210 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C211 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C212 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C213 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C214 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C215 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C217 1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 16V C218 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C219 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C220 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C221 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C222 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C223 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C224 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C225 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C226 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C233 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V C301 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C302 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10.00% 10V C305 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10.00% 10V C306 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C307 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C402 1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 16V C403 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C405 1-126-210-21 ELECT CHIP 220UF 20.00% 4V C405 1-126-246-11 ELECT CHIP 220UF 20.00% 4V C407 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 5.00% 25V C409 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C410 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C411 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C501 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C502 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C503 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C504 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C505 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C506 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C507 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C508 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C512 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C513 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C516 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C517 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C518 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C519 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C520 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C523 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C524 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C525 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C526 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C527 1-125-838-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 10% 6.3V C528 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C529 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C530 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C531 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C532 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C533 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C534 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C535 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C536 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C539 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C540 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C541 1-128-934-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.33UF 20% 10V C542 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C543 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C544 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C545 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C546 1-164-173-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0039UF 10.00% 50V C547 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C548 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C549 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C550 1-164-733-11 CERAMIC CHIP 820PF 10.00% 50V C551 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C552 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 6.3V C553 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C554 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C555 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C556 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C557 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C558 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C559 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C560 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C561 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C562 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C563 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C564 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C565 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C566 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C601 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP 22UF 20% 10V C602 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C603 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C604 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C605 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C606 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C607 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C608 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C609 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C610 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C611 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C612 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C613 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C614 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP 22UF 20% 10V C615 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP 22UF 20% 10V C616 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C617 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C618 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C619 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V MB-118 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-6 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS975V C620 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C621 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C622 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C623 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C624 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C625 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C626 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C627 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C628 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C629 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C630 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C631 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C637 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C638 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C641 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V CN105 1-770-470-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P CN108 1-778-274-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 13P CN108 1-785-468-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 13P CN201 1-770-470-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P CN202 1-779-353-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P CN301 1-774-769-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 25P CN302 1-774-768-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 17P CN401 1-770-468-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P CN402 1-785-728-21 PIN (PC BOARD), CONNECTOR 7P CN403 1-764-177-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMD)(1.5MM) 7P CN403 1-764-177-91 PIN, CONNECTOR 7P CN602 1-573-806-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD)6P D301 8-719-914-45 DIODE DAP202K-T-146 D301 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K D302 8-719-914-45 DIODE DAP202K-T-146 D302 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K D403 8-719-914-45 DIODE DAP202K-T-146 D403 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K FB111 1-414-226-21 FERRITE 0UH FB112 1-414-226-21 FERRITE 0UH FB113 1-414-226-21 FERRITE 0UH FB114 1-414-226-21 FERRITE 0UH FB115 1-414-226-21 FERRITE 0UH FB401 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB402 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB403 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB404 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB405 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB406 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FL101 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL104 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL105 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL106 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL107 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL108 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL401 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL402 1-233-893-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI FL403 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL601 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL602 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL603 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL604 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL605 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH IC102 6-706-727-01 IC CXD9804R IC104 6-704-893-01 IC GLT5640L16P-7TC IC105 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G IC106 8-759-667-18 IC PQ018EZ01ZP IC107 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G IC108 6-703-224-01 IC S-80828CNNB-B8NT2G IC201 6-704-524-01 IC FAN8036L IC301 6-704-222-01 IC AK4358VQ-L IC401 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G IC501 6-702-301-01 IC TK11125CSCL-G IC503 6-706-521-01 IC CXD9837R IC505 8-759-837-19 IC MM1562FFBE IC506 6-701-079-01 IC ADV7300AKST IC507 6-706-520-01 IC CXD9836R IC508 6-702-301-01 IC TK11125CSCL-G IC509 6-706-421-01 IC K4S161622H-UC80T00 IC601 6-804-966-01 IC MB89F538-101PFM-GE1-D001 IC602 6-707-116-01 IC SII9030CTU IC603 6-703-046-01 IC SN74LVC1G08DCKR IC604 6-707-119-01 IC TK11218CMCL-G IC605 6-705-338-01 IC TK11250CMCL-G IC606 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G IC607 6-704-470-01 IC TK11233CMCL-G IC608 8-759-679-58 IC SN74AHCT541PWR LF601 1-813-308-11 INDUCTOR 0UH LF602 1-813-308-11 INDUCTOR 0UH LF603 1-813-308-11 INDUCTOR 0UH LF604 1-813-308-11 INDUCTOR 0UH PS401 1-576-509-21 IC LINK 1A 50V PS402 1-576-509-21 IC LINK 1A 50V Q101 6-550-008-01 TRANSISTOR UM6K1N-TN Q102 6-550-653-01 TRANSISTOR QST8TR Q103 8-729-424-59 TRANSISTOR UN2212-TX Q103 8-729-424-59 TRANSISTOR UN2212 Q401 8-729-048-28 TRANSISTOR 2SD1766-T100-QR Q402 8-729-424-11 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX Q402 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111 Q403 8-729-230-50 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q403 8-729-230-49 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YG Q404 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX MB-118 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-7 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS975V Q601 8-729-012-57 TRANSISTOR 2SK1399-T1B Q601 8-719-012-57 DIODE UZ-2.0BS-TP Q602 8-729-012-57 TRANSISTOR 2SK1399-T1B Q602 8-719-012-57 DIODE UZ-2.0BS-TP R101 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R103 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R104 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R105 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R106 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R107 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R108 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R109 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R110 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R111 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R112 1-211-977-11 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W R113 1-211-977-11 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W R114 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R115 1-211-977-11 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W R116 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R117 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R118 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R120 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R121 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R122 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R123 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R124 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R127 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R133 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R134 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R135 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R136 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R138 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R141 1-202-930-11 METAL CHIP 750K 5% 1/10W R141 1-218-916-11 METAL CHIP 750K 0.5% 1/10W R142 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R143 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R146 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R151 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R152 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R153 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R155 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R158 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R160 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R164 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R168 1-216-826-11 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R179 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R180 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R191 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R193 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R204 1-216-822-11 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R205 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R206 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R207 1-216-826-11 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R208 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R209 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R212 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R213 1-216-831-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R213 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.5% 1/10W R214 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R215 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W R219 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R221 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R222 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R223 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R224 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R225 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R226 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R227 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R228 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R230 1-218-893-11 METAL CHIP 82K 0.5% 1/10W R231 1-218-875-11 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/10W R232 1-218-877-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.5% 1/10W R233 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/10W R234 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R236 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R237 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R239 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R243 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R246 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R247 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R306 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R308 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R314 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R319 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R320 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R401 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R402 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R403 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R404 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R407 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R408 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R409 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R410 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R412 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R414 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R501 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R504 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R507 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R508 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R509 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R515 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R516 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R519 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R521 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R522 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R526 1-216-820-11 METAL CHIP 820 5% 1/10W R527 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R528 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R532 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R533 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R534 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R535 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W MB-118 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-8 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS975V R536 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R537 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R538 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R539 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R540 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R541 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R542 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R543 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R550 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R551 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R552 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R554 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R556 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R559 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R602 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R603 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R604 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R605 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R612 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R615 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R617 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R620 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R624 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R625 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R626 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R627 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R628 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R629 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R630 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R631 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R632 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R633 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R634 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R635 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R636 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R637 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R638 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R639 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R640 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R641 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R648 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R654 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R655 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R656 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R657 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R658 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R659 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R660 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R661 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R662 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R664 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R665 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R666 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R667 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R668 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R670 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R671 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R672 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R673 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R674 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R675 1-218-840-11 METAL CHIP 510 0.5% 1/10W R677 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R679 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R681 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R682 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R684 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R687 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R689 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R690 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R691 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R692 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R693 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R694 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R696 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1101 1-216-818-11 METAL CHIP 560 5% 1/10W R1103 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1104 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1105 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1107 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1108 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1109 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1111 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1112 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1120 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1121 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1122 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1123 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1124 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1125 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1126 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1129 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R1131 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1150 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R1151 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R1152 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R1158 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1161 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R1168 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R1170 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1171 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1172 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1173 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1174 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1175 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1177 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1180 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1183 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1184 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1607 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1610 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1616 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1617 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1618 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1621 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R1623 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1633 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1634 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W MB-118 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-9 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS975V RB103 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB104 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB105 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) RB106 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) RB107 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) RB108 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) RB111 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB112 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) RB113 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) RV501 1-223-583-41 RES, ADJ, CARBON (3 TYPE) 1K RV502 1-223-583-41 RES, ADJ, CARBON (3 TYPE) 1K S601 1-771-337-21 SWITCH, SLIDE X101 1-781-867-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL X601 1-813-430-11 PIEZOELECTRIC OSCILLATOR A-1063-904-A AV-086 COMPLETE (US,CND,E) A-1063-912-A AV-086 COMPLETE (KR) **************** C103 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C105 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C105 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C113 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C114 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C114 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C115 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C116 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C116 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C117 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C122 1-163-009-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V (UC) C201 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C202 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 50V C208 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C209 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C210 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C211 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C212 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C214 1-162-977-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0018UF 10.00% 50V C216 1-162-977-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0018UF 10.00% 50V C220 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C221 1-162-977-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0018UF 10.00% 50V C222 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C224 1-162-977-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0018UF 10.00% 50V C225 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C227 1-162-977-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0018UF 10.00% 50V C228 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C229 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C230 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C234 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C236 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C238 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C240 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C242 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C244 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C245 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C245 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C250 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C250 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C251 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C251 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C256 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C256 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C257 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C257 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C260 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C260 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C261 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C262 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C263 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C264 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C265 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C266 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C272 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C273 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C274 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C275 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 5.00% 25V C276 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C277 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C302 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 25V C302 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C304 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C304 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C305 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C305 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C309 1-163-267-91 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C309 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C310 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C315 1-162-977-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0018UF 10.00% 50V C316 1-162-977-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0018UF 10.00% 50V C317 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C318 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C320 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C322 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C324 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C327 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C328 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C329 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C329 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C330 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C330 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C335 1-104-660-91 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 16V C335 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C336 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 50V C338 1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V AV-086 MB-118 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-10 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS975V C343 1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C347 1-104-654-91 ELECT 330UF 20.00% 6.3V C347 1-126-924-11 ELECT 330UF 20.00% 10V C350 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 25V C350 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C351 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 25V C351 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V C352 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 25V C352 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 35V CN201 1-770-700-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 17P CN301 1-770-708-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 25P CN302 1-764-177-91 PIN, CONNECTOR 7P D104 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D105 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D106 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D107 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D301 8-719-914-43 DIODE DAN202K-T-146 D301 8-719-914-43 DIODE DAN202K D302 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 D302 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 FB101 1-414-553-11 FERRITE 0UH FB101 1-414-553-21 FERRITE 0UH (UC) FB102 1-414-553-11 FERRITE 0UH FB102 1-414-553-21 FERRITE 0UH (UC) FB201 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0UH FB202 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0UH FB203 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0UH FB204 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0UH FB205 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0UH FB206 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0UH IC101 8-759-662-86 IC NJM79M05DL1A(TE2) IC103 6-706-453-01 IC NJM2587V(TE2) IC201 6-705-404-01 IC BA4558F-HTE2 IC202 6-705-404-01 IC BA4558F-HTE2 IC203 6-705-404-01 IC BA4558F-HTE2 IC301 6-600-009-01 IC TOTX179 IC302 8-759-653-52 IC NJM78M05DL1A-TE1 IC302 8-759-052-52 IC L78M05T-FA IC303 6-705-404-01 IC BA4558F-HTE2 L101 1-412-060-11 INDUCTOR 22UH L301 1-412-064-11 INDUCTOR 100UH J104 1-764-188-31 JACK 1P (UC) Q101 8-729-421-17 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q101 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213 Q102 8-729-424-11 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX Q102 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111 Q103 8-729-920-79 TRANSISTOR 2SB1132-T100-QR Q103 8-729-903-46 TRANSISTOR 2SB1132-P Q104 8-729-048-28 TRANSISTOR 2SD1766-T100-QR Q111 8-729-421-17 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q111 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213 Q112 8-729-424-11 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX Q112 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111 Q201 8-729-421-17 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q201 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213 Q202 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146 Q203 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q203 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q204 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q205 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q206 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q207 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q208 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q209 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q301 8-729-230-50 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q301 8-729-230-49 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YG Q302 8-729-421-17 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q302 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213 Q303 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146 Q303 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146 Q304 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q304 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q306 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q307 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q310 8-729-049-31 TRANSISTOR 2SB710A-RTX Q310 8-729-049-31 TRANSISTOR 2SB710A-RTX Q311 8-729-230-50 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q311 8-729-230-49 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YG Q312 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q312 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX R103 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R104 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R105 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R106 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R107 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R108 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R109 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R111 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R118 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R122 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R126 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R133 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R134 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R135 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R140 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R141 1-208-755-11 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R142 1-208-755-11 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W AV-086 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-11 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS975V R143 1-208-755-11 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R144 1-208-755-11 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R145 1-208-755-11 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R146 1-208-755-11 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R147 1-208-755-11 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R148 1-208-755-11 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R149 1-208-755-11 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R153 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R154 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R155 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R156 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R157 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R158 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R159 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R160 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R161 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R167 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R168 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R168 1-208-782-91 METAL CHIP 1K 1/10W (UC) R170 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R201 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R202 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R203 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R204 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R205 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R206 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R207 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R208 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R209 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R210 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R211 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R212 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R213 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R214 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R215 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R216 1-216-047-91 RES-CHIP 820 5% 1/10W R217 1-216-047-91 RES-CHIP 820 5% 1/10W R218 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R219 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R220 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R221 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R222 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R223 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R224 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R225 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R226 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R227 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R228 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R229 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R230 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R231 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R232 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R233 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R234 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R235 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R236 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R237 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R239 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R240 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R241 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R242 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R243 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R244 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R245 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R246 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R247 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R248 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R249 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R250 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R251 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R252 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R253 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R254 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R255 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R256 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R257 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R258 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R259 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R260 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R261 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R262 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R263 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R264 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R266 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R267 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R268 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R269 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R302 1-216-021-00 RES-CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R303 1-216-033-00 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R304 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R305 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R306 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R307 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R308 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R309 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R310 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R311 1-208-781-11 METAL CHIP 910 0.5% 1/10W R312 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R313 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R314 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R315 1-208-782-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R316 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R318 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R319 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R320 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R321 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R322 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R323 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R324 1-216-053-00 RES-CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R325 1-208-794-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W R326 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R328 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R329 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R330 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R331 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R332 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R333 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R334 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R335 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W AV-086 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-12 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS975V R337 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R338 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R343 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R346 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R347 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R348 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R349 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R350 1-216-067-00 RES-CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W R351 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R352 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R354 1-216-041-00 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R355 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R356 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W A-1063-900-A IF-115 COMPLETE (US,CND) A-1063-906-A IF-115 COMPLETE (E) A-1063-910-A IF-115 COMPLETE (KR) ******************* C403 1-127-972-21 FILM CHIP 0.015UF 5% 50V C406 1-117-681-11 ELECT CHIP 100UF 20.00% 16V C407 1-117-681-11 ELECT CHIP 100UF 20.00% 16V C408 1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 16V C409 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C410 1-127-972-21 FILM CHIP 0.015UF 5% 50V C411 1-163-009-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V (UC,E) C412 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 50V C413 1-126-202-21 ELECT CHIP 22UF 20.00% 35V C413 1-126-400-11 ELECT CHIP 22UF 20.00% 35V C414 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C415 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 50V C416 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C418 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C419 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C420 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V CN401 1-564-017-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 7P CN401 1-506-486-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 7P CN402 1-794-506-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 13P CN403 1-774-772-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 7P CN403 1-695-017-11 HOUSING, CONNECTOR 7P D401 6-500-887-01 DIODE CL-191HB1-D-T D403 8-719-047-66 DIODE CL-190D-CD-T D404 8-719-047-66 DIODE CL-190D-CD-T D405 8-719-914-43 DIODE DAN202K-T-146 D405 8-719-914-43 DIODE DAN202K D405 8-719-914-47 DAN202K-T-146 (US,CND,E) D406 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX) D407 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX) D408 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX) D409 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX) D410 8-719-422-32 DIODE MA8047-M-TX D410 8-719-422-31 DIODE MA8047-M IC404 6-804-270-01 IC 86CK74AFG5NF4(M IC406 6-703-744-01 IC GP1UE26SXKOF IC408 6-704-114-01 IC S-80828CNUA-B8NT2G L401 1-456-708-21 INDUCTOR 82UH ND401 1-518-984-11 VACUUM FLUORASCENT DISPLAY Q401 8-729-424-11 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX Q401 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111 Q402 8-729-421-20 TRANSISTOR UN2211-TX Q402 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211 Q403 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q Q404 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q Q405 8-729-421-17 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX (US,CND,E) Q405 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213 Q406 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX (US,CND,E) Q407 8-729-424-18 TRANSISTOR UN2113-TX Q407 8-729-424-18 TRANSISTOR UN2113 Q407 8-729-424-21 TRANSISTOR UN2113-TX (US,CND,E) R401 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R402 1-216-033-00 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R403 1-216-071-00 RES-CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R404 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R405 1-216-021-00 RES-CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R406 1-216-059-00 RES-CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R407 1-216-059-00 RES-CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R408 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R409 1-216-021-00 RES-CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R410 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R411 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R412 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (US,CND,E) R414 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP (UC,E) 47K 5% 1/10W R414 *1-216-295-91 RES-CHIP 0 (KR) R415 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R416 1-216-057-00 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R416 1-216-057-91 RES-CHIP (UC,E) 2.2K 5% 1/10W R417 1-216-083-00 RES-CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R418 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R419 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R420 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R421 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R422 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R423 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R424 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W AV-086 IF-115 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-13 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS975V R425 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R426 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R428 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R430 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R431 1-216-013-00 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R432 1-216-027-00 RES-CHIP 120 5% 1/10W R433 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R436 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R437 *1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP (E,KR) 10K 5% 1/10W R438 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP (UC,E) 10K 5% 1/10W R438 *1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP (KR) 4.7K 5% 1/10W R439 *1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP (E,KR) 10K 5% 1/10W R440 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP (UC,KR) 10K 5% 1/10W R440 *1-216-057-91 RES-CHIP (E) 2.2K 5% 1/10W R441 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R442 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R443 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R444 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W S401 1-771-874-11 SWITCH, TACTILE S401 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT S403 1-771-874-11 SWITCH, TACTILE S403 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT S405 1-771-874-11 SWITCH, TACTILE S405 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT S406 1-771-874-11 SWITCH, TACTILE S406 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT S409 1-771-874-11 SWITCH, TACTILE S409 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT S410 1-771-874-11 SWITCH, TACTILE S410 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT S412 1-771-874-11 SWITCH, TACTILE S412 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT T401 1-443-199-11 DC-DC CONVERTER TRANSFORMER X401 1-781-472-21 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC IF-115 1-468-883-11 POWER BLOCK (SRV1579WW) ************************** ACCESSORIES ************* 1-751-271-71 CORD, CONNECTION (AV) 2-059-565-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (US,CND) 2-059-565-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (E) (US,CND) 2-059-565-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (E) 2-059-565-43 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KOREAN) (KR) 1-478-843-31 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D172A) POWER BLOCK (SRV1579WW) Note : The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-14 DVP-NS975V – 126 – Sony Corporation Home Electronics Network Company 2004I0800-1 2004. 09 Published by Product Design 1 Department 9-874-849-11 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com